The letter of Aristeas- Aristei’s Letter to Filocrates

SINCE I have collected Material for a memorable history of my visit to Eleazar the High priest of the Jews, and because you, Philocrates, as you lose no opportunity of reminding me, have set great store upon receiving an account of the motives and object of my mission, I have attempted to draw up a clear exposition of the matter for you, for I perceive that you possess a natural love of learning, 2 a quality which is the highest possession of man to be constantly attempting ‘to add to his stock of knowledge and acquirements’ whether through the study of history or by actually participating in the events themselves. It is by this means, by taking up into itself the noblest elements, that the soul is established in purity, and having fixed its aim on piety, the noblest goal of all, it uses this as its infallible guide and so acquires a definite purpose.

3 It was my devotion to the pursuit of religious knowledge that led me to undertake the embassy to the man I have mentioned, who was held in the highest esteem by his own citizens and by others both for his virtue and his majesty and who had in his possession documents of the highest value to the Jews in his own country and in foreign lands for the interpretation of the divine law, for their 4 laws are written on leather parchments in Jewish characters. This embassy then I undertook with enthusiasm, having first of all found an opportunity of pleading with the king on behalf of the Jewish captives who had been transported from Judea to Egypt by the king’s father, when he first obtained possession of this city and conquered the land of Egypt. It is worth while that I should tell 5 you this story, too, since I am convinced that you, with your disposition towards holiness and your sympathy with men who are living in accordance with the holy law, will all the more readily listen to the account which I purpose to set forth, since you yourself have lately come to us from the island and are anxious to hear everything that tends to build up the soul. On a former occasion, too I sent you a record of the facts which I thought worth relating about the Jewish race, -the record 7 which I had obtained from the most learned high priests of the most learned land of Egypt. As you are so eager to acquire the knowledge of those things which can benefit the mind, I feel it incumbent upon me to impart to you all the information in my power. I should feel the same duty towards all who possessed the same disposition but I feel it especially towards you since you have aspirations which are so noble, and since you are not only my brother in character no less than in blood but are one with me as well in the pursuit of goodness. For neither the pleasure derived from gold nor any other of the possessions which are prized by shallow minds confers the same benefit as the pursuit of culture and the study which we expend in securing it. But that I may not weary you by a too lengthy introduction, I will proceed at once to the substance of my narrative.

9 Demetrius of Phalerum, the president of the king’s library, received vast sums of money, for the purpose of collecting together, as far as he possibly could, all the books in the world. By means of purchase and transcription, he carried out, to the best of his ability, the purpose of the king. On one occasion when I was present he was asked, How many thousand books are there in the library? 10 and he replied, ‘More than two hundred thousand, O king, and I shall make endeavour in the immediate future to gather together the remainder also, so that the total of five hundred thousand may be reached. I am told that the laws of the Jews are worth transcribing and deserve a place in 11 your library.’ ‘What is to prevent you from doing this?’ replied the king. ‘Everything that is necessary has been placed at your disposal.’ ‘They need to be translated,’ answered Demetrius, ‘for in the country of the Jews they use a peculiar alphabet (just as the Egyptians, too, have a special form of letters) and speak a peculiar dialect. They are supposed to use the Syriac tongue, but this is not the case; their language is quite different.’ And the king when he understood all the facts of the case ordered a letter to be written to the Jewish High Priest that his purpose (which has already been described) might be accomplished.

12 Thinking that the time had come to press the demand, which I had often laid before Sosibius of Tarentum and Andreas, the chief of the bodyguard, for the emancipation of the Jews who had been transported from Judea by the king’s father -for when by a combination of good fortune and courage he had brought his attack on the whole district of Coele -Syria and Phoenicia to a successful issue, in the process of terrorizing the country into subjection, he transported some of his foes and others he reduced to captivity. The number of those whom he transported from the country of the Jews to Egypt amounted to no less than a hundred thousand. Of these he armed thirty thousand picked men and settled them in garrisons in the country districts. (And even before this time large numbers of Jews had come into Egypt with the Persian, and in an earlier period still others had been sent to Egypt to help Psammetichus in his campaign against the king of the Ethiopians. But these were nothing like so numerous as the captives whom Ptolemy the son of Lagus transported.) As I have already said Ptolemy picked out the best of these, the men who were in the prime of life and distinguished for their courage, and armed them, but the great mass of the others, those who were too old or too young for this purpose, and the women too, he reduced to slavery, not that he wished to do this of his own free will, but he was compelled by his soldiers who claimed them as a reward for the services which they had rendered in war. Having, as has already been stated, obtained an opportunity for securing their emancipation, I addressed the king with the following arguments. ‘Let us not be so unreasonable as to allow 15 our deeds to give the lie to our words. Since the law which we wish not only to transcribe but also to translate belongs to the whole Jewish race, what justification shall we be able to find for our embassy while such vast numbers of them remain in a state of slavery in your kingdom? In the perfection and wealth of your clemency release those who are held in such miserable bondage, since as I have been at pains to discover, the God who gave them their law is the God who maintains your kingdom. They worship the same God -the Lord and Creator of the Universe, as all other men, as we ourselves, O king, though we call him by different names, such as Zeus or 16 Dis. This name was very appropriately bestowed upon him by our first ancestors, in order to signify that He through whom all things are endowed with life and come into being, is necessarily the ruler and lord of the Universe. Set all mankind an example of magnanimity by releasing those who are held in bondage.’

17 After a brief interval, while I was offering up an earnest prayer to God that He would so dispose the mind of the king that all the captives might be set at liberty-(for the human race, being the creation of God, is swayed and influenced by Him. Therefore with many divers prayers I called upon Him who ruleth the heart that the king might be constrained to grant my request. For I had 18 great hopes with regard to the salvation of the men since I was assured that God would grant a fulfilment of my prayer. For when men from pure motives plan some action in the interest of righteousness and the performance of noble deeds, Almighty God brings their efforts and purposes to a successful issue) -the king raised his head and looking up at me with a cheerful countenance asked, ‘How many thousands do you think they will number?’ Andreas, who was standing near, replied, ‘A little more than a hundred thousand.’ ‘It is a small boon indeed,’ said the king, ‘that Aristeas asks of us!’ ‘Then Sosibius and some others who were present said.’ ‘Yes, but it will be a fit tribute to your magnanimity for you to offer the enfranchisement of these men as an act of devotion to the supreme God. You have been greatly honoured by Almighty God and exalted above all your forefathers in glory and it is only fitting that you should render to Him the greatest thank offering in your power.’ Extremely pleased with these arguments he gave orders that an addition should be 20 made to the wages of the soldiers by the amount of the redemption money that twenty drachmae should be paid to the owners for every slave, that a public order should be issued and that registers of the captives should be attached to it. He showed the greatest enthusiasm in the business, for it was God who had brought our purpose to fulfilment in its entirety and constrained him to redeem not only those who had come into Egypt with the army of his father but any who had come before that time or had been subsequently brought into the kingdom. It was pointed out to him that the ransom money would exceed four hundred talents.

21 I think it will be useful to insert a copy of the decree, for in this way the magnanimity of the king, who was empowered by God to save such vast multitudes, will be made clearer and more 22 manifest. The decree of the king ran as follows: ‘All who served in the army of our father in the campaign against Syria and Phoenicia and in the attack upon the country of the Jews and became possessed of Jewish captives and brought them back to the city of Alexandria and the land of Egypt or sold them to others -and in the same way any captives who were in our land before that time or were brought hither afterwards- all who possess such captives are required to set them at liberty at once, receiving twenty drachmae per head as ransom money. The soldiers will receive 23 this money as a gift added to their wages, the others from the king’s treasury. We think that it was against our father’s will and against all propriety that they should have been made captives and that the devastation of their land and the transportation of the Jews to Egypt was an act of military wantonness. The spoil which fell to the soldiers on the field of battle was all the booty which they should have claimed. To reduce the people to slavery in addition was an act of absolute injustice. Wherefore since it is acknowledged that we are accustomed to render justice to all men and especially to those who are unfairly in a condition of servitude, and since we strive to deal fairly with all men according to the demands of justice and piety, we have decreed, in reference to the persons of the Jews who are in any condition of bondage in any part of our dominion, that those who possess them shall receive the stipulated sum of money and set them at liberty and that no man shall show any tardiness in discharging his obligations. Within three days after the publication of this decree, they must make lists of slaves for the officers appointed to carry out our will, 25 and immediately produce the persons of the captives. For we consider that it will be advantageous to us and to our affairs that the matter should be brought to a conclusion. Any one who likes may give information about any who disobey the decree on condition that if the man is proved guilty he will become his slave; his property, however, will be handed over to the royal treasury.’

26 When the decree was brought to be read over to the king for his approval, it contained all the other provisions except the phrase ‘any captives who were in the land before that time or were brought hither afterwards,’ and in his magnanimity and the largeness of his heart the king inserted this clause and gave orders that the grant of money required for the redemption should be deposited in full with the paymasters of the forces and the royal bankers, and so the matter was decided and the 27 decree ratified within seven days. The grant for the redemption amounted to more than six hundred and sixty talents; for many infants at the breast were emancipated together with their mothers. When the question was raised whether the sum of twenty talents was to be paid for these, the king ordered that it should be done, and thus he carried out his decision in the most comprehensive way. When this had been done, he ordered Demetrius to draw up a memorial with regard to the transcription of the Jewish books. For all affairs of state used to be carried out by means of decrees and with the most painstaking accuracy by these Egyptian kings, and nothing was done in a slipshod or haphazard fashion. And so I have inserted copies of the memorial and the letters, the number of the presents sent and the nature of each, since every one of them excelled in 29 magnificence and technical skill. The following is a copy of the memorial. The Memorial of Demetrius to the great king. ‘Since you have given me instructions, O king, that the books which are needed to complete your library should be collected together, and that those which are defective should be repaired, I have devoted myself with the utmost care to the fulfilment of your wishes, 30 and I now have the following proposal to lay before you. The books of the law of the Jews (with some few others) are absent from the library. They are written in the Hebrew characters and language and have been carelessly interpreted, and do not represent the original text as I am 31 informed by those who know; for they have never had a king’s care to protect them. It is necessary that these should be made accurate for your library since the law which they contain, in as much as it is of divine origin, is full of wisdom and free from all blemish. For this reason literary men and poets and the mass of historical writers have held aloof from referring to these books and the men who have lived and are living in accordance with them, because their 32 conception of life is so sacred and religious, as Hecataeus of Abdera says. If it please you, O king, a letter shall be written to the High Priest in Jerusalem, asking him to send six elders out of every tribe -men who have lived the noblest life and are most skilled in their law -that we may find out the points in which the majority of them are in agreement, and so having obtained an accurate translation may place it in a conspicuous place in a manner worthy of the work itself and your purpose. May continual prosperity be yours!’

33 When this memorial had been presented, the king ordered a letter to be written to Eleazar on the matter, giving also an account of the emancipation of the Jewish captives. And he gave fifty talents weight of gold and seventy talents of silver and a large quantity of precious stones to make bowls and vials and a table and libation cups. He also gave orders to those who had the custody of his coffers to allow the artificers to make a selection of any materials they might require for the purpose, and that a hundred talents in money should be sent to provide sacrifices for the temple and 34 for other needs. I shall give you a full account of the workmanship after I have set before you copies of the letters. The letter of the king ran as follows:

35 ‘King Ptolemy sends greeting and salutation to the High Priest Eleazar. Since there are many Jews settled in our realm who were carried off from Jerusalem by the Persians at the time of their 36 power and many more who came with my father into Egypt as captives -large numbers of these he placed in the army and paid them higher wages than usual, and when he had proved the loyalty of their leaders he built fortresses and placed them in their charge that the native Egyptians might be intimidated by them. And I, when I ascended the throne, adopted a kindly attitude towards all 37 my subjects, and more particularly to those who were citizens of yours- I have set at liberty more than a hundred thousand captives, paying their owners the appropriate market price for them, and if ever evil has been done to your people through the passions of the mob, I have made them reparation. The motive which prompted my action has been the desire to act piously and render unto the supreme God a thank offering for maintaining my kingdom in peace and great glory in all the world. Moreover those of your people who were in the prime of life I have drafted into my army, and those who were fit to be attached to my person and worthy of the confidence of the 38 court, I have established in official positions. Now since I am anxious to show my gratitude to these men and to the Jews throughout the world and to the generations yet to come, I have determined that your law shall be translated from the Hebrew tongue which is in use amongst you 39 into the Greek language, that these books may be added to the other royal books in my library. It will be a kindness on your part and a regard for my zeal if you will select six elders from each of your tribes, men of noble life and skilled in your law and able to interpret it, that in questions of dispute we may be able to discover the verdict in which the majority agree, for the investigation is of the highest possible importance. I hope to win great renown by the accomplishment of this 40 work. I have sent Andreas, the chief of my bodyguard, and Aristeas -men whom I hold in high esteem- to lay the matter before you and present you with a hundred talents of silver, the firstfruits of my offering for the temple and the sacrifices and other religious rites. If you will write to me concerning your wishes in these matters, you will confer a great favour upon me and afford me a new pledge of friendship, for all your wishes shall be carried out as speedily as possible. Farewell.’

41 To this letter Eleazar replied appropriately as follows: ‘Eleazar the High priest sends greetings to King Ptolemy his true friend. My highest wishes are for your welfare and the welfare of Queen Arsinoe your sister and your children. I also am well. I have received your letter and am greatly 42 rejoiced by your purpose and your noble counsel. I summoned together the whole people and read it to them that they might know of your devotion to our God. I showed them too the cups which you sent, twenty of gold and thirty of silver, the five bowls and the table of dedication, and the hundred talents of silver for the offering of the sacrifices and providing the things of which the 43 temple stands in need. These gifts were brought to me by Andreas, one of your most honoured servants, and by Aristeas, both good men and true, distinguished by their learning, and worthy in every way to be the representatives of your high principles and righteous purposes. These men imparted to me your message and received from me an answer in agreement with your letter. I will consent to everything which is advantageous to you even though your request is very unusual. For you have bestowed upon our citizens great and never to be forgotten benefits in many 45 (ways). Immediately therefore I offered sacrifices on behalf of you, your sister, your children, and your friends, and all the people prayed that your plans might prosper continually, and that Almighty God might preserve your kingdom in peace with honour, and that the translation of the 46 holy law might prove advantageous to you and be carried out successfully. In the presence of all the people I selected six elders from each tribe, good men and true, and I have sent them to you with a copy of our law. It will be a kindness, O righteous king, if you will give instruction that as soon as the translation of the law is completed, the men shall be restored again to us in safety. Farewell.’

47 The following are the names of the elders: Of the first tribe, Joseph, Ezekiah, Zachariah, John, Ezekiah, Elisha. Of the second tribe, Judas, Simon, Samuel, Adaeus, Mattathias, Eschlemias. Of 48 the third tribe, Nehemiah, Joseph, Theodosius, Baseas, Ornias, Dakis. Of the fourth tribe, Jonathan, Abraeus, Elisha, Ananias, Chabrias… Of the fifth tribe, Isaac, Jacob, Jesus, 49 Sabbataeus, Simon, Levi. Of the sixth tribe, Judas, Joseph, Simon, Zacharias, Samuel, Selemias. Of the seventh tribe, Sabbataeus, Zedekiah, Jacob, Isaac, Jesias, Natthaeus. Of the eighth tribe Theodosius, Jason, Jesus, Theodotus, John, Jonathan. Of the ninth tribe, Theophilus, Abraham 50 Arsamos, Jason, Endemias, Daniel. Of the tenth tribe, Jeremiah, Eleazar, Zachariah, Baneas, Elisha, Dathaeus. Of the eleventh tribe, Samuel, Joseph, Judas, Jonathes, Chabu, Dositheus. Of the twelfth tribe, Isaelus, John, Theodosius, Arsamos, Abietes, Ezekiel. They were seventy-two in all. Such was the answer which Eleazar and his friends gave to the king’s letter.

51 I will now proceed to redeem my promise and give a description of the works of art. They were wrought with exceptional skill, for the king spared no expense and personally superintended the workmen individually. They could not therefore scamp any part of the work or finish it off negligently. 52 First of all I will give you a description of the table. The king was anxious that this piece of work should be of exceptionally large dimensions, and he caused enquiries to be made of the Jews 53 in the locality with regard to the size of the table already in the temple at Jerusalem. And when they described the measurements, he proceeded to ask whether he might make a larger structure. And some of the priests and the other Jews replied that there was nothing to prevent him. And he said that he was anxious to make it five times the size, but he hesitated lest it should prove useless 54 for the temple services. He was desirous that his gift should not merely be stationed in the temple, for it would afford him much greater pleasure if the men whose duty it was to offer the fitting 55 sacrifices were able to do so appropriately on the table which he had made. He did not suppose that it was owing to lack of gold that the former table had been made of small size, but there seems to have been, he said, some reason why it was made of this dimension. For had the order been given, there would have been no lack of means. Wherefore we must not transgress or go beyond the proper 56 measure. At the same time he ordered them to press into service all the manifold forms of art, for he w as a man of the most lofty conceptions and nature had endowed him with a keen imagination which enabled him to picture the appearance which would be presented by the finished work. He gave orders too, that where there were no instructions laid down in the Jewish Scriptures, everything should be made as beautiful as possible. When such instructions were laid down, they were to be carried out to the letter.

57 They made the table two cubits long (one cubit broad) one and a half cubits high, fashioning it of pure solid gold. What I am describing was not thin gold laid over another foundation, but the whole 58 structure was of massive gold welded together. And they made a border of a hand’s breadth round about it. And there was a wreath of wave-work, engraved in relief in the form of ropes marvelously 59 wrought on its three sides. For it was triangular in shape and the style of the work was exactly the same on each of the sides, so that whichever side they were turned, they presented the same appearance. Of the two sides under the border, the one which sloped down to the table was a very 60 beautiful piece of work, but it was the outer side which attracted the gaze of the spectator. Now the upper edge of the two sides, being elevated, was sharp since, as we have said, the rim was three-sided, from whatever point of view one approached it. And there were layers of precious stones on it in the midst of the embossed cord-work, and they were interwoven with one another by an inimitable artistic 61 device. For the sake of security they were all fixed by golden needles which were inserted in 62 perforations in the stones. At the sides they were clamped together by fastenings to hold them firm. On the part of the border round the table which slanted upwards and met the eyes, there was wrought a pattern of eggs in precious stones, elaborately engraved by a continuous piece of fluted relief-work, closely 63 connected together round the whole table. And under the stones which had been arranged to represent eggs the artists made a crown containing all kinds of fruits, having at its top clusters of grapes and ears of corn, dates also and apples, and pomegranates and the like, conspicuously arranged. These fruits were wrought out of precious stones, of the same colour as the fruits themselves and 64 they fastened them edgeways round all the sides of the table with a band of gold. And after the crown of fruit had been put on, underneath there was inserted another pattern of eggs in precious stones, and other fluting and embossed work, that both sides of the table might be used, according to the wishes of the owners and for this reason the wave-work and the border were extended 65 down to the feet of the table. They made and fastened under the whole width of the table a massive plate four fingers thick, that the feet might be inserted into it, and clamped fast with linch-pins which fitted into sockets under the border, so that which ever side of the table people preferred, might be used. Thus it became manifestly clear that the work was intended to be used 66 either way. On the table itself they engraved a ‘maeander’, having precious stones standing out in the middle of it, rubies and emeralds and an onyx too and many other kinds of stones which excel 67 in beauty. And next to the ‘maeander’ there was placed a wonderful piece of network, which made the centre of the table appear like a rhomboid in shape, and on it a crystal and amber, as it is called, 68 had been wrought, which produced an incomparable impression on the beholders. They made the feet of the table with heads like lilies, so that they seemed to be like lilies bending down beneath the table, and the parts which were visible represented leaves which stood upright. The basis of the foot on the ground consisted of a ruby and measured a hand’s breadth high all round. It had the appearance of a shoe and was eight fingers broad. Upon it the whole expanse of the foot rested. 70 And they made the foot appear like ivy growing out of the stone, interwoven with akanthus and surrounded with a vine which encircled it with clusters of grapes, which were worked in stones, up to the top of the foot. All the four feet were made in the same style, and everything was wrought and fitted so skillfully, and such remarkable skill and knowledge were expended upon making it true to nature, that when the air was stirred by a breath of wind, movement was imparted to the leaves, and 71 everything was fashioned to correspond with the actual reality which it represented. And they made the top of the table in three parts like a triptychon, and they were so fitted and dovetailed together with spigots along the whole breadth of the work, that the meeting of the joints could not be seen or even discovered. The thickness of the table was not less than half a cubit, so that the whole work 72 must have cost many talents. For since the king did not wish to add to its size he expended on the details the same sum of money which would have been required if the table could have been of larger dimensions. And everything was completed in accordance with his plan, in a most wonderful and remarkable way, with inimitable art and incomparable beauty.

73 Of the mixing bowls, two were wrought (in gold), and from the base to the middle were engraved with relief work in the pattern of scales, and between the scales precious stones were inserted with 74 great artistic skill. Then there was a ‘maeander’ a cubit in height, with its surface wrought out of precious stones of many colours, displaying great artistic effort and beauty. Upon this there was a mosaic, worked in the form of a rhombus, having a net-like appearance and reaching right up to the 75 brim. ln the middle, small shields which were made of different precious stones, placed alternately and varying in kind, not less than four fingers broad enhanced the beauty of their appearance. On the top of the brim there was an ornament of lilies in bloom, and intertwining clusters of grapes were 76 engraven all round. Such then was the construction of the golden bowls, and they held more than two firkins each. The silver bowls had a smooth surface, and were wonderfully made as if they were intended for looking-glasses, so that everything which was brought near to them was reflected even more 77 clearly than in mirrors. But it is impossible to describe the real impression which these works of art produced upon the mind when they were finished. For, when these vessels had been completed and placed side by side, first a silver bowl and then a golden, then another silver, and then another golden, the appearance they presented is altogether indescribable, and those who came to see 78 them were not able to tear themselves from the brilliant sight and entrancing, spectacle. The impressions produced by the spectacle were various in kind. When men looked at the golden vessels, and their minds made a complete survey of each detail of workmanship, their souls were thrilled with wonder. Again when a man wished to direct his gaze to the silver vessels, as they stood before him, everything seemed to flash with light round about the place where he was standing, and afforded a still greater delight to the onlookers. So that it is really impossible to describe the artistic beauty of the works. 79 The golden vials they engraved in the centre with vine wreaths. And about the rims they wove a wreath of ivy and myrtle and olive in relief work and inserted precious stones in it. The other parts of the relief work they wrought in different patterns, since they made it a point of honour to 80 complete everything in a way worthy of the majesty of the king. In a word it may be said that neither in the king’s treasury nor in any other, were there any works which equaled these in costliness or in artistic skill. For the king spent no little thought upon them, for he loved to gain glory for the 81 excellence of his designs. For oftentimes he would neglect his official business, and spend his time with the artists in his anxiety that they should complete everything in a manner worthy of the place to which the gifts were to be sent. So everything was carried out on a grand scale, in a manner 82 worthy of the king who sent the gifts and of the high priest who was the ruler of the land. There was no stint of precious stones, for not less than five thousand were used and they were all of large size. The most exceptional artistic skill was employed, so that the cost of the stones and the workmanship was five times as much as that of the gold.

83 I have given you this description of the presents because I thought it was necessary. The next point in the narrative is an account of our journey to Eleazar, but I will first of all give you a description of the whole country. When we arrived in the land of the Jews we saw the city situated 84 in the middle of the whole of Judea on the top of a mountain of considerable altitude. On the summit the temple had been built in all its splendour. It was surrounded by three walls more than seventy cubits high and in length and breadth corresponding to the structure of the edifice. All the buildings 85 were characterized by a magnificence and costliness quite unprecedented. It was obvious that no expense had been spared on the door and the fastenings, which connected it with the door-posts, and 86 the stability of the lintel. The style of the curtain too was thoroughly in proportion to that of the entrance. Its fabric owing to the draught of wind was in perpetual motion, and as this motion was communicated from the bottom and the curtain bulged out to its highest extent, it afforded a pleasant 87 spectacle from which a man could scarcely tear himself away. The construction of the altar was in keeping with the place itself and with the burnt offerings which were consumed by fire upon it, and the approach to it was on a similar scale. There was a gradual slope up to it, conveniently arranged for the purpose of decency, and the ministering priests were robed in linen garments, down to their 88 ankles. The Temple faces the east and its back is toward the west. The whole of the floor is paved with stones and slopes down to the appointed places, that water may be conveyed to wash away the 89 blood from the sacrifices, for many thousand beasts are sacrificed there on the feast days. And there is an inexhaustible supply of water, because an abundant natural spring gushes up from within the temple area. There are moreover wonderful and indescribable cisterns underground, as they pointed out to me, at a distance of five furlongs all round the site of the temple, and each of them has countless pipes 90 so that the different streams converge together. And all these were fastened with lead at the bottom and at the sidewalls, and over them a great quantity of plaster had been spread, and every part of the work had been most carefully carried out. There are many openings for water at the base of the altar which are invisible to all except to those who are engaged in the ministration, so that all the blood of the sacrifices which is collected in great quantities is washed away in the twinkling of an 91 eye. Such is my opinion with regard to the character of the reservoirs and I will now show you how it was confirmed. They led me more than four furlongs outside the city and bade me peer down towards a certain spot and listen to the noise that was made by the meeting of the waters, so that the great size of the reservoirs became manifest to me, as has already been pointed out.

92 The ministration of the priests is in every way unsurpassed both for its physical endurance and for its orderly and silent service. For they all work spontaneously, though it entails much painful exertion, and each one has a special task allotted to him. The service is carried on without interruption -some provide the wood, others the oil, others the fine wheat flour, others the spices; others 93 again bring the pieces of flesh for the burnt offering, exhibiting a wonderful degree of strength. For they take up with both hands the limbs of a calf, each of them weighing more than two talents, and throw them with each hand in a wonderful way on to the high place of the altar and never miss placing them on the proper spot. In the same way the pieces of the sheep and also of the goats are wonderful both for their weight and their fatness. For those, whose business it is, always select the beasts which are without blemish and specially fat, and thus the sacrifice which I have described, 94 is carried out. There is a special place set apart for them to rest in, where those who are relieved from duty sit. When this takes place, those who have already rested and are ready to assume their duties rise up spontaneously since there is no one to give orders with regard to the arrangement of 95 the sacrifices. The most complete silence reigns so that one might imagine that there was not a single person present, though there are actually seven hundred men engaged in the work, besides the vast number of those who are occupied in bringing up the sacrifices. Everything is carried out with 96 reverence and in a way worthy of the great God.

We were greatly astonished, when we saw Eleazar engaged in the ministration, at the mode of his dress, and the majesty of his appearance, which was revealed in the robe which he wore and the precious stones upon his person. There were golden bells upon the garment which reached down to his feet, giving forth a peculiar kind of melody, and on both sides of them there were pomegranates 97 with variegated flowers of a wonderful hue. He was girded with a girdle of conspicuous beauty, woven in the most beautiful colours. On his breast he wore the oracle of God, as it is called, on which twelve stones, of different kinds, were inset, fastened together with gold, containing the names of the leaders of the tribes, according to their original order, each one flashing forth in an indescribable way 98 its own particular colour. On his head he wore a tiara, as it is called, and upon this in the middle of his forehead an inimitable turban, the royal diadem full of glory with the name of God inscribed in sacred letters on a plate of gold… having been judged worthy to wear these emblems in the 99 ministrations. Their appearance created such awe and confusion of mind as to make one feel that one had come into the presence of a man who belonged to a different world. I am convinced that any one who takes part in the spectacle which I have described will be filled with astonishment and indescribable wonder and be profoundly affected in his mind at the thought of the sanctity which is attached to each detail of the service.

100 But in order that we might gain complete information, we ascended to the summit of the neighbouring citadel and looked around us. It is situated in a very lofty spot, and is fortified with many towers, which have been built up to the very top of immense stones, with the object, as we were informed, of 101 guarding the temple precincts, so that if there were an attack, or an insurrection or an onslaught of the enemy, no one would be able to force an entrance within the walls that surround the temple. On the towers of the citadel engines of war were placed and different kinds of machines, and the position was 102 much higher than the circle of walls which I have mentioned. The towers were guarded too by most trusty men who had given the utmost proof of their loyalty to their country. These men were never allowed to leave the citadel, except on feast days and then only in detachments. nor did they permit any 103 stranger to enter it. They were also very careful when any command came from the chief officer to admit any visitors to inspect the place, as our own experience taught us. They were very reluctant to 104 admit us, -though we were but two unarmed men- to view the offering of the sacrifices. And they asserted that they were bound by an oath when the trust was committed to them, for they had all sworn and were bound to carry out the oath sacredly to the letter, that though they were five hundred in number they would not permit more than five men to enter at one time. The citadel was the special protection of the temple and its founder had fortified it so strongly that it might efficiently protect it.

105 The size of the city is of moderate dimensions. It is about forty furlongs in circumference, as far as one could conjecture. It has its towers arranged in the shape of a theatre, with thoroughfares leading between them now the cross roads of the lower towers are visible but those of the upper 106 towers are more frequented. For the ground ascends, since the city is built upon a mountain. There are steps too which lead up to the cross roads, and some people are always going up, and others down and they keep as far apart from each other as possible on the road because of those who 107 are bound by the rules of purity, lest they should touch anything which is unlawful. It was not without reason that the original founders of the city built it in due proportions, for they possessed clear insight with regard to what was required. For the country is extensive and beautiful. Some parts of it are level, especially the districts which belong to Samaria, as it is called, and which border on the land of the Idumeans, other parts are mountainous, especially (those which are contiguous to the land of Judea). The people therefore are bound to devote themselves to agriculture and the cultivation of the soil that by this means they may have a plentiful supply of crops. In this way 108 cultivation of every kind is carried on and an abundant harvest reaped in the whole of the aforesaid land. The cities which are large and enjoy a corresponding prosperity are well-populated, but they neglect the country districts, since all men are inclined to a life of enjoyment, for every one has a natural tendency towards the pursuit of pleasure. The same thing happened in Alexandria, which excels all cities in size and prosperity. Country people by migrating from the rural districts and settling 110 in the city brought agriculture into disrepute: and so to prevent them from settling in the city, the king issued orders that they should not stay in it for more than twenty days. And in the same way he gave the judges written instructions, that if it was necessary to issue a summons against any one 111 who lived in the country, the case must be settled within five days. And since he considered the matter one of great importance, he appointed also legal officers for every district with their assistants, that the farmers and their advocates might not in the interests of business empty the granaries of the 112 city, I mean, of the produce of husbandry. I have permitted this digression because it was Eleazar who pointed out with great clearness the points which have been mentioned. For great is the energy which they expend on the tillage of the soil. For the land is thickly planted with multitudes of olive trees, with crops of corn and pulse, with vines too, and there is abundance of honey. Other kinds of fruit trees and dates do not count compared with these. There are cattle of all kinds in 113 great quantities and a rich pasturage for them. Wherefore they rightly recognize that the country districts need a large population, and the relations between the city and the villages are properly 114 regulated. A great quantity of spices and precious stones and gold is brought into the country by the Arabs. For the country is well adapted not only for agriculture but also for commerce, and the 115 city is rich in the arts and lacks none of the merchandise which is brought across the sea. It possesses too suitable and commodious harbours at Askalon, Joppa, and Gaza, as well as at Ptolemais which was founded by the King and holds a central position compared with the other places named, being not far distant from any of them. The country produces everything in abundance, 116 since it is well watered in all directions and well protected from storms. The river Jordan, as it is called, which never runs dry, flows through the land. Originally (the country) contained not less than 60 million acres-though afterwards the neighbouring peoples made incursions against it -and 600,000 men were settled upon it in farms of a hundred acres each. The river like the Nile rises in harvest- time and irrigates a large portion of the land. Near the district belonging to the people of 117 Ptolemais it issues into another river and this flows out into the sea. Other mountain torrents, as they are called, flow down into the plain and encompass the parts about Gaza and the district of 118 Ashdod. The country is encircled by a natural fence and is very difficult to attack and cannot be assailed by large forces, owing to the narrow passes, with their overhanging precipices and deep ravines, and the rugged character of the mountainous regions which surround all the land. We were told that from the neighbouring mountains of Arabia copper and iron were formerly obtained. This was stopped, however, at the time of the Persian rule, since the authorities of the time spread 120 abroad a false report that the working of the mines was useless and expensive, in order to prevent their country from being destroyed by the mining in these districts and possibly taken away from them owing to the Persian rule, since by the assistance of this false report they found an excuse for entering the district.

I have now, my dear brother Philocrates, given you all the essential information upon this subject 121 in brief form. I shall describe the work of translation in the sequel. The High priest selected men of the finest character and the highest culture, such as one would expect from their noble parentage. They were men who had not only acquired proficiency in Jewish literature, but had studied most 122 carefully that of the Greeks as well. They were specially qualified therefore for serving on embassies and they undertook this duty whenever it was necessary. They possessed a great facility for conferences and the discussion of problems connected with the law. They espoused the middle course -and this is always the best course to pursue. They abjured the rough and uncouth manner, but they were altogether above pride and never assumed an air of superiority over others, and in conversation they were ready to listen and give an appropriate answer to every question. And all of them carefully observed this rule and were anxious above everything else to excel each other in 123 its observance and they were all of them worthy of their leader and of his virtue. And one could observe how they loved Eleazar by their unwillingness to be torn away from him and how he loved them. For besides the letter which he wrote to the king concerning their safe return, he also earnestly 124 besought Andreas to work for the same end and urged me, too, to assist to the best of my, ability and although we promised to give our best attention to the matter, he said that he was still greatly distressed, for he knew that the king out of the goodness of his nature considered it his highest privilege, whenever he heard of a man who was superior to his fellows in culture and wisdom, to 125 summon him to his court. For I have heard of a fine saying of his to the effect that by securing just and prudent men about his person he would secure the greatest protection for his kingdom, since such friends would unreservedly give him the most beneficial advice. And the men who were 126 now being sent to him by Eleazar undoubtedly possessed these qualities. And he frequently asserted upon oath that he would never let the men go if it were merely some private interest of his own that constituted the impelling motive-but it was for the common advantage of 127 all the citizens that he was sending them. For, he explained, the good life consists in the keeping of the enactments of the law, and this end is achieved much more by hearing than by reading. From this and other similar statements it was clear what his feelings towards them were.

128 It is worth while to mention briefly the information which he gave in reply to our questions. For I suppose that most people feel a curiosity with regard to some of the enactments in the law, 129 especially those about meats and drinks and animals recognized as unclean. When we asked why, since there is but one form of creation, some animals are regarded as unclean for eating, and others unclean even to the touch (for though the law is scrupulous on most points, it is specially scrupulous on such 130 matters as these) he began his reply as follows: ‘You observe,’ he said, ‘what an effect our modes of life and our associations produce upon us; by associating with the bad, men catch their depravities and become miserable throughout their life; but if they live with the wise and prudent, they find 131 the means of escaping from ignorance and amending their lives. Our Lawgiver first of all laid down the principles of piety and righteousness and inculcated them point by point, not merely by prohibitions but by the use of examples as well, demonstrating the injurious effects of sin and the 132 punishments inflicted by God upon the guilty. For he proved first of all that there is only one God and that his power is manifested throughout the universe, since every place is filled with his sovereignty and none of the things which are wrought in secret by men upon the earth escapes His knowledge. For all that a man does and all that is to come to pass in the future are manifest to 133 Him. Working out these truths carefully and having made them plain he showed that even if a man should think of doing evil -to say nothing of actually effecting it,- he would not escape detection, for he made it clear that the power of God pervaded the whole of the law. Beginning from this starting point he went on to show that all mankind except ourselves believe in the existence of many gods, though they themselves are much more powerful than the beings whom they vainly worship. For when they have made statues of stone and wood, they say that they are the images of those who have invented something useful for life and they worship them, though 136 they have clear proof that they possess no feeling. For it would be utterly foolish to suppose that any one became a god in virtue of his inventions. For the inventors simply took certain objects already created and by combining them together, showed that they possessed a fresh utility: they 137 did not themselves create the substance of the thing, and so it is a vain and foolish thing for people to make gods of men like themselves. For in our times there are many who are much more inventive and much more learned than the men of former days who have been deified, and yet they would never come to worship them. The makers and authors of these myths think that they are 138 the wisest of the Greeks. Why need we speak of other infatuated people, Egyptians and the like, who place their reliance upon wild beasts and most kinds of creeping things and cattle, and worship them, and offer sacrifices to them both while living and when dead?’

139 ‘Now our Lawgiver being a wise man and specially endowed by God to understand all things, took a comprehensive view of each particular detail, and fenced us round with impregnable ramparts and walls of iron, that we might not mingle at all with any of the other nations, but remain pure in body and soul, free from all vain imaginations, worshiping the one Almighty God above the whole 140 creation. Hence the leading Egyptian priests having looked carefully into many matters, and being cognizant with (our) affairs, call us ” men of God “. This is a title which does not belong to the rest of mankind but only to those who worship the true God. The rest are men not of God but of meats and drinks and clothing. For their whole disposition leads them to find solace in these things. 141 Among our people such things are reckoned of no account. but throughout their whole life their 142 main consideration is the sovereignty of God. Therefore lest we should be corrupted by any abomination, or our lives be perverted by evil communications, he hedged us round on all sides by 143 rules of purity, affecting alike what we eat, or drink, or touch, or hear, or see. For though, speaking generally, all things are alike in their natural constitution, since they are all governed by one and the same power, yet there is a deep reason in each individual case why we abstain from the use of certain things and enjoy the common use of others. For the sake of illustration I will run over one or two 144 points and explain them to you. For you must not fall into the degrading idea that it was out of regard to mice and weasels and other such things that Moses drew up his laws with such exceeding care. All these ordinances were made for the sake of righteousness to aid the quest for virtue and 145 the perfecting of character. For all the birds that we use are tame and distinguished by their cleanliness, feeding on various kinds of grain and pulse, such as for instance pigeons, turtle-doves, 146 locusts, partridges, geese also, and all other birds of this class. But the birds which are forbidden you will find to be wild and carnivorous, tyrannizing over the others by the strength which they possess, and cruelly obtaining food by preying on the tame birds enumerated above and not only so, but 147 they seize lambs and kids, and injure human beings too, whether dead or alive, and so by naming them unclean, he gave a sign by means of them that those, for whom the legislation was ordained, must practice righteousness in their hearts and not tyrannize over any one in reliance upon their own strength nor rob them of anything, but steer their course of life in accordance with justice, just as the tame birds, already mentioned, consume the different kinds of pulse that grow upon the earth 148 and do not tyrannize to the destruction of their own kindred. Our legislator taught us therefore that it is by such methods as these that indications are given to the wise, that they must be just and effect nothing by violence, and refrain from tyrannizing over others in reliance upon their own 149 strength. For since it is considered unseemly even to touch such unclean animals, as have been mentioned, on account of their particular habits, ought we not to take every precaution lest our own 150 characters should be destroyed to the same extent? Wherefore all the rules which he has laid down with regard to what is permitted in the case of these birds and other animals, he has enacted with the object of teaching us a moral lesson. For the division of the hoof and the separation of the claws are intended to teach us that we must discriminate between our individual actions with a view 151 to the practice of virtue. For the strength of our whole body and its activity depend upon our shoulders and limbs. Therefore he compels us to recognize that we must perform all our actions with discrimination according to the standard of righteousness -more especially because we have 152 been distinctly separated from the rest of mankind. For most other men defile themselves by promiscuous intercourse, thereby working great iniquity, and whole countries and cities pride themselves upon such vices. For they not only have intercourse with men but they defile their own 153 mothers and even their daughters. But we have been kept separate from such sins. And the people who have been separated in the aforementioned way are also characterized by the Lawgiver as possessing the gift of memory. For all animals ” which are cloven-footed and chew the cud ” 154 represent to the initiated the symbol of memory. For the act of chewing the cud is nothing else than the reminiscence of life and existence. For life is wont to be sustained by means of food 155 wherefore he exhorts us in the Scripture also in these words: ‘Thou shalt surely remember the Lord that wrought in thee those great and wonderful things”. For when they are properly conceived, they are manifestly great and glorious; first the construction of the body and the disposition of the 156 food and the separation of each individual limb and, far more, the organization of the senses, the operation and invisible movement of the mind, the rapidity of its particular actions and its discovery of the 157 arts, display an infinite resourcefulness. Wherefore he exhorts us to remember that the aforesaid parts are kept together by the divine power with consummate skill. For he has marked out every 158 time and place that we may continually remember the God who rules and preserves (us). For in the matter of meats and drinks he bids us first of all offer part as a sacrifice and then forthwith enjoy our meal. Moreover, upon our garments he has given us a symbol of remembrance, and in like manner he has ordered us to put the divine oracles upon our gates and doors as a remembrance of 159 God. And upon our hands, too, he expressly orders the symbol to be fastened, clearly showing that we ought to perform every act in righteousness, remembering (our own creation), and above all the 160 fear of God. He bids men also, when lying down to sleep and rising up again, to meditate upon the works of God, not only in word, but by observing distinctly the change and impression produced upon them, when they are going to sleep, and also their waking, how divine and incomprehensible 161 the change from one of these states to the other is. The excellency of the analogy in regard to discrimination and memory has now been pointed out to you, according to our interpretation of ” the cloven hoof and the chewing of the cud “. For our laws have not been drawn up at random or in accordance with the first casual thought that occurred to the mind, but with a view to truth and the 162 indication of right reason. For by means of the directions which he gives with regard to meats and drinks and particular cases of touching, he bids us neither to do nor listen to anything, thoughtlessly 163 nor to resort to injustice by the abuse of the power of reason. In the case of the wild animals, too, the same principle may be discovered. For the character of the weasel and of mice and such 164 animals as these, which are expressly mentioned, is destructive. Mice defile and damage everything, not only for their own food but even to the extent of rendering absolutely useless to man whatever 165 it falls in their way to damage. The weasel class, too, is peculiar: for besides what has been said, it has a characteristic which is defiling: It conceives through the ears and brings forth through the 166 mouth. And it is for this reason that a like practice is declared unclean in men. For by embodying in speech all that they receive through the ears, they involve others in evils and work no ordinary impurity, being themselves altogether defiled by the pollution of impiety. And your king, as we are informed, does quite right in destroying such men.’ 167 Then I said ‘I suppose you mean the informers, for he constantly exposes them to tortures and to 168 painful forms of death’. ‘Yes,’ he replied, ‘these are the men I mean, for to watch for men’s destruction is an unholy thing. And our law forbids us to injure any one either by word or deed. My brief account of these matters ought to have convinced you, that all our regulations have been drawn up with a view to righteousness, and that nothing has been enacted in the Scripture thoughtlessly or without due reason, but its purpose is to enable us throughout our whole life and in all our actions 169 to practice righteousness before all men, being mindful of Almighty God. And so concerning meats and things unclean, creeping things, and wild beasts, the whole system aims at righteousness and righteous relationships between man and man.’

170 He seemed to me to have made a good defense on all the points; for in reference also to the calves and rams and goats which are offered, he said that it was necessary to take them from the herds and flocks, and sacrifice tame animals and offer nothing wild, that the offerers of the sacrifices might understand the symbolic meaning of the lawgiver and not be under the influence of an arrogant self-consciousness. For he, who offers a sacrifice makes an offering also of his own soul in all its moods. 171 I think that these particulars with regard to our discussion are worth narrating and on account of the sanctity and natural meaning of the law, I have been induced to explain them to you clearly, Philocrates, because of your own devotion to learning.

172 And Eleazar, after offering the sacrifice, and selecting the envoys, and preparing many gifts for the 173 king, despatched us on our journey in great security. And when we reached Alexandria, the king, was at once informed of our arrival. On our admission to the palace, Andreas and I warmly greeted 174 the king and handed over to him the letter written by Eleazar. The king was very anxious to meet the envoys, and gave orders that all the other officials should be dismissed and the envoys 175 summoned to his presence at once. Now this excited general surprise, for it is customary for those who come to seek an audience with the king on matters of importance to be admitted to his presence on the fifth day, while envoys from kings or very important cities with difficulty secure admission to the Court in thirty days -but these men he counted worthy of greater honour, since he held their master in such high esteem, and so he immediately dismissed those whose presence he regarded as superfluous and continued walking about until they came in and he was able to welcome them. 176 When they entered with the gifts which had been sent with them and the valuable parchments, on which the law was inscribed in gold in Jewish characters, for the parchment was wonderfully prepared and the connexion between the pages had been so effected as to be invisible, the king as soon 177 as he saw them began to ask them about the books. And when they had taken the rolls out of their coverings and unfolded the pages, the king stood still for a long time and then making obeisance about seven times, he said: ‘I thank you, my friends, and I thank him that sent you still more, and 178 most of all God, whose oracles these are.’ And when all, the envoys and the others who were present as well, shouted out at one time and with one voice: ‘God save the King!’ he burst into tears of joy. For his exaltation of soul and the sense of the overwhelming honour which had been 179 paid him compelled him to weep over his good fortune. He commanded them to put the rolls back in their places and then after saluting the men, said: ‘It was right, men of God, that I should first of all pay my reverence to the books for the sake of which I summoned you here and then, when I had done that, to extend the right-hand of friendship to you. It was for this reason that I 180 did this first. I have enacted that this day, on which you arrived, shall be kept as a great day and it will be celebrated annually throughout my life time. It happens also that it is the anniversary of 181 my naval victory over Antigonus. Therefore I shall be glad to feast with you to-day.’ ‘Everything that you may have occasion to use’, he said, ‘shall be prepared (for you) in a befitting manner and for me also with you.’ After they had expressed their delight, he gave orders that the best quarters near the citadel should be assigned to them, and that preparations should be made for the banquet. 182 And Nicanor summoned the lord high steward, Dorotheus, who was the special officer appointed to look after the Jews, and commanded him to make the necessary preparation for each one. For this arrangement had been made by the king and it is an arrangement which you see maintained to-day. For as many cities (as) have (special) customs in the matter of drinking, eating, and reclining, have special officers appointed to look after their requirements. And whenever they come to visit the kings, preparations are made in accordance with their own customs, in order that there may be no discomfort to disturb the enjoyment of their visit. The same precaution was taken in the case of the Jewish envoys. Now Dorotheus who was the patron appointed to look after Jewish guests was 183 a very conscientious man. All the stores which were under his control and set apart for the reception of such guests, he brought out for the feast. He arranged the seats in two rows in accordance with the king’s instructions. For he had ordered him to make half the men sit at his right hand and the rest behind him, in order that he might not withhold from them the highest possible honour. When they had taken their seats he instructed Dorotheus to carry out everything in 184 accordance with the customs which were in use amongst his Jewish guests. Therefore he dispensed with the services of the sacred heralds and the sacrificing priests and the others who were accustomed to offer the prayers, and called upon one of our number, Eleazar, the oldest of the Jewish priests, to offer prayer instead. And he rose up and made a remarkable prayer. ‘May Almighty 185 God enrich you, O king with all the good things which He has made and may He grant you and your wife and your children and your comrades the continual possession of them as long as you live!’ At these words a loud and joyous applause broke out which lasted for a considerable time, and then 186 they turned to the enjoyment of the banquet which had been prepared. All the arrangements for service at table were carried out in accordance with the injunction of Dorotheus. Among the attendants were the royal pages and others who held places of honour at the king’s court.

187 Taking an opportunity afforded by a pause in the banquet the king asked the envoy who sat in the seat of honour (for they were arranged according to seniority), How he could keep his kingdom 188 unimpaired to the end? After pondering for a moment he replied, ‘You could best establish its security if you were to imitate the unceasing benignity of God. For if you exhibit clemency and inflict mild punishments upon those who deserve them in accordance with their deserts, you will 189 turn them from evil and lead them to repentance.’ The king praised the answer and then asked the next man, How he could do everything for the best in all his actions? And he replied, ‘If a man maintains a just bearing towards all, he will always act rightly on every occasion, remembering that every thought is known to God. If you take the fear of God as your starting-point, you will never miss the goal.

190 The king complimented this man, too, upon his answer and asked another, How he could have friends like-minded with himself?’ He replied, ‘If they see you studying the interests of the multitudes over whom you rule; you will do well to observe how God bestows his benefits on the 191 human race, providing for them health and food and all other things in due season.’ After expressing his agreement with the reply, the king asked the next guest, How in giving audiences and passing judgments he could gain the praise even of those who failed to win their suit? And he said, ‘If you are fair in speech to all alike and never act insolently nor tyrannically in your treatment of 192 offenders. And you will do this if you watch the method by which God acts. The petitions of the worthy are always fulfilled, while those who fail to obtain an answer to their prayers are informed by means of dreams or events of what was harmful in their requests and that God does not smite them according to their sins or the greatness of His strength, but acts with forbearance towards them.’

193 The king praised the man warmly for his answer and asked the next in order, How he could be invincible in military affairs? And he replied, ‘If he did not trust entirely to his multitudes or his warlike forces, but called upon God continually to bring his enterprises to a successful issue, while 194 he himself discharged all his duties in the spirit of justice.’ Welcoming this answer, he asked another how he might become an object of dread to his enemies. And he replied, ‘If while maintaining a vast supply of arms and forces he remembered that these things were powerless to achieve a permanent and conclusive result. For even God instils fear into the minds of men by granting reprieves and making merely a display of the greatness of his power.’

195 This man the king praised and then said to the next, What is the highest good in life? And he answered ‘To know that God is Lord of the Universe, and that in our finest achievements it is not we who attain success but God who by his power brings all things to fulfilment and leads us to the goal.’

196 The king exclaimed that the man had answered well and then asked the next How he could keep all his possessions intact and finally hand them down to his successors in the same condition? And he answered ‘By praying constantly to God that you may be inspired with high motives in all your undertakings and by warning your descendants not to be dazzled by fame or wealth, for it is God who bestows all these gifts and men never by themselves win the supremacy’.

197 The king expressed his agreement with the answer and enquired of the next guest, How he could bear with equanimity whatever befell him? And he said, ‘If you have a firm grasp of the thought that all men are appointed by God to share the greatest evil as well as the greatest good, since it is impossible for one who is a man to be exempt from these. But God, to whom we ought always to pray, inspires us with courage to endure.’

198 Delighted with the man’s reply, the king said that all their answers had been good. ‘I will put a question to one other’, he added, ‘and then I will stop for the present: that we may turn our attention 199 to the enjoyment of the feast and spend a pleasant time.’ Thereupon he asked the man, What is the true aim of courage? And he answered, ‘If a right plan is carried out in the hour of danger in accordance with the original intention. For all things are accomplished by God to your advantage, O king, since your purpose is good.’

200 When all had signified by their applause their agreement with the answer, the king said to the philosophers (for not a few of them were present), ‘It is my opinion that these men excel in virtue and possess extraordinary knowledge, since on the spur of the moment they have given fitting answers to these questions which I have put to them, and have all made God the starting-point of their words.’

201 And Menedemus, the philosopher of Eretria, said, ‘True, O King -for since the universe is managed by providence and since we rightly perceive that man is the creation of God, it follows 202 that all power and beauty of speech proceed from God.’ When the king had nodded his assent to this sentiment, the speaking ceased and they proceeded to enjoy themselves. When evening came on, the banquet ended.

203 On the following day they sat down to table again and continued the banquet according to the same arrangements. When the king thought that a fitting opportunity had arrived to put inquiries to his guests, he proceeded to ask further questions of the men who sat next in order to those who 204 had given answers on the previous day. He began to open the conversation with the eleventh man, for there were ten who had been asked questions on the former occasion. When silence was 205 established, he asked How he could continue to be rich? After a brief reflection, the man who had been asked the question replied If he did nothing unworthy of his position, never acted licentiously, never lavished expense on empty and vain pursuits, but by acts of benevolence made all his subjects well disposed towards himself. For it is God who is the author of all good things and 206 Him man must needs obey.’ The king bestowed praise upon him and then asked another How he could maintain the truth? In reply to the question he said, ‘By recognizing that a lie brings great disgrace upon all men, and more especially upon kings. For since they have the power to do whatever they wish, why should they resort to lies? In addition to this you must always remember, O King, that God is a lover of the truth.’

207 The king received the answer with great delight and looking at another said, ‘What is the teaching of wisdom?’ And the other replied, ‘As you wish that no evil should befall you, but to be a partaker of all good things, so you should act on the same principle towards your subjects and offenders, and you should mildly admonish the noble and good. For God draws all men to himself by his benignity.’

208 The king praised him and asked the next in order How he could be the friend of men? And he replied, ‘By observing that the human race increases and is born with much trouble and great suffering: wherefore you must not lightly punish or inflict torments upon them, since you know that the life of men is made up of pains and penalties. For if you understood everything you would be filled with pity, for God also is pitiful.’

209 The king received the answer with approbation and inquired of the next ‘What is the most essential qualification for ruling?’ ‘To keep oneself,’ he answered, ‘free from bribery and to practice sobriety during the greater part of one’s life, to honour righteousness above all things, and to make friends of men of this type. For God, too, is a lover of justice.’

210 Having signified his approval, the king said to another ‘What is the true mark of piety?’ And he replied, ‘To perceive that God constantly works in the Universe and knows all things, and no man who acts unjustly and works wickedness can escape His notice. AS God is the benefactor of the whole world, so you, too, must imitate Him and be void of offence.’

211 The king signified his agreement and said to another ‘What is the essence of kingship?’ And he replied, ‘To rule oneself well and not to be led astray by wealth or fame to immoderate or unseemly desires, this is the true way of ruling if you reason the matter well out. For all that you really need is yours, and God is free from need and benignant withal. Let your thoughts be such as become a man, and desire not many things but only such as are necessary for ruling.’

212 The king praised him and asked another man How his deliberations might be for the best? and he replied, ‘If he constantly set justice before him in everything and thought that injustice was equivalent to deprivation of life. For God always promises the highest blessings to the just.’

213 Having praised him, the king asked the next How he could be free from disturbing thoughts ill his sleep? And he replied, ‘You have asked me a question which is very difficult to answer, for we cannot bring our true selves into play during the hours of sleep, but are held fast in these 214 by imaginations that cannot be controlled by reason. For our souls possess the feeling that they actually see the things that enter into our consciousness during sleep. But we make a mistake if we suppose that we are actually sailing on the sea in boats or flying through the air or traveling to other regions or anything else of the kind. And yet we actually do imagine such 215 things to be taking place. So far as it is possible for me to decide, I have reached the following conclusion. You must in every possible way, O King, govern your words and actions by the rule of piety that you may have the consciousness that you are maintaining virtue and that you never choose to gratify yourself at the expense of reason and never by abusing your power do 216 despite to righteousness. For the mind mostly busies itself in sleep with the same things with which it occupies itself when awake. And he who has all his thoughts and actions set towards the noblest ends establishes himself in righteousness both when he is awake and when he is asleep. Wherefore you must be steadfast in the constant discipline of self.’

217 The king bestowed praise on the man and said to another ‘since you are the tenth to answer, when you have spoken, we will devote ourselves to the banquet.’ And then he put the question, 218 How can I avoid doing anything unworthy of myself? And he replied, ‘Look always to your own fame and your own supreme position, that you may speak and think only such things as are 219 consistent therewith, knowing that all your subjects think and talk about you. For you must not appear to be worse than the actors, who study carefully the role, which it is necessary for them to play, and shape all their actions in accordance with it. You are not acting a part, but are really a king, since God has bestowed upon you a royal authority in keeping with your character.’

220 When the king had applauded loud and long in the most gracious way, the guests were urged to seek repose. So when the conversation ceased, they devoted themselves to the next course of the feast.

221 On the following day, the same arrangement was observed, and when the king found an opportunity of putting questions to the men, he questioned the first of those who had been left over 222 for the next interrogation, What is the highest form of government? And he replied, ‘To rule oneself and not to be carried away by impulses. For all men possess a certain natural bent of mind. 223 It is probable that most men have an inclination towards food and drink and pleasure, and kings a bent towards the acquisition of territory and great renown. But it is good that there should be moderation in all things. What God gives, that you must take and keep, but never yearn for things that are beyond your reach.’

224 Pleased with these words, the king asked the next How he could be free from envy? And he after a brief pause replied, ‘If you consider first of all that it is God who bestows on all kings glory and great wealth and no one is king by his own power. All men wish to share this glory but cannot, since it is the gift of God.’

225 The king praised the man in a long speech and then asked another How he could despise his enemies? And he replied, ‘If you show kindness to all men and win their friendship, you need fear no one. To be popular with all men is the best of good gifts to receive from God.’

226 Having praised this answer the king ordered the next man to reply to the question, How he could maintain his great renown? and he replied that ‘If you are generous and large-hearted in bestowing kindness and acts of grace upon others, you will never lose your renown, but if you wish the aforesaid graces to continue yours, you must call upon God continually.’

227 The king expressed his approval and asked the next, To whom ought a man to show liberality? And he replied, ‘All men acknowledge that we ought to show liberality to those who are well disposed towards us, but I think that we ought to show the same keen spirit of generosity to those who are opposed to us that by this means we may win them over to the right and to what is advantageous to ourselves. But we must pray to God that this may be accomplished, for he rules the minds of all men.’

228 Having expressed his agreement with the answer, the king asked the sixth to reply to the question, To whom ought we to exhibit gratitude? And he replied, ‘To our parents continually, for God has given us a most important commandment with regard to the honour due to parents. In the next place He reckons the attitude of friend towards friend for He speaks of ” a friend which is as thine own soul”. You do well in trying to bring all men into friendship with yourself.’

229 The king spoke kindly to him and then asked the next, What is it that resembles beauty in value? And he said, ‘Piety, for it is the pre-eminent form of beauty, and its power lies in love, which is the gift of God. This you have already acquired and with it all the blessings of life.’

230 The king in the most gracious way applauded the answer and asked another How, if he were to fail, he could regain his reputation again in the same degree? And he said, ‘It is not possible for you to fail, for you have sown in all men the seeds of gratitude which produce a harvest of goodwill, 231 and this is mightier than the strongest weapons and guarantees the greatest security. But if any man does fail, he must never again do those things which caused his failure, but he must form friendships and act justly. For it is the gift of God to be able to do good actions and not the contrary.’

232 Delighted with these words, the king asked another How he could be free from grief? And he replied, ‘If he never injured any one, but did good to everybody and followed the pathway of 233 righteousness, for its fruits bring freedom from grief. But we must pray to God that unexpected evils such as death or disease or pain or anything of this kind may not come upon us and injure us. But since you are devoted to piety, no such misfortune will ever come upon you.’

234 The king bestowed great praise upon him and asked the tenth, What is the highest form of glory? And he said, ‘To honour God, and this is done not with gifts and sacrifices but with purity of soul and holy conviction, since all things are fashioned and governed by God in accordance with His will. Of this purpose you are in constant possession as all men can see from your achievements in the past and in the present.’

235 With loud voice the king greeted them all and spoke kindly to them, and all those who were present expressed their approval, especially the philosophers. For they were far superior to them [i.e. the philosophers] both in conduct and in argument, since they always made God their starting point. After this the king to show his good feeling proceeded to drink the health of his guests.

236 On the following day the same arrangements were made for the banquet, and the king, as soon as an opportunity occurred, began to put questions to the men who sat next to those who had already responded, and he said to the first ‘Is wisdom capable of being taught?’ And he said, ‘The soul is so constituted that it is able by the divine power to receive all the good and reject the contrary.’

237 The king expressed approval and asked the next man, What is it that is most beneficial to health? And he said, ‘Temperance, and it is not possible to acquire this unless God create a disposition towards it.’

238 The king spoke kindly to the man and said to another, ‘How can a man worthily pay the debt of gratitude to his parents?’ And he said, ‘By never causing them pain, and this is not possible unless God dispose the mind to the pursuit of the noblest ends.’

239 The king expressed agreement and asked the next How he could become an eager listener? And he said, ‘By remembering that all knowledge is useful, because it enables you by the help of God in a time of emergency to select some of the things which you have learned and apply them to the crisis which confronts you. And so the efforts of men are fulfilled by the assistance of God.’

240 The king praised him and asked the next How he could avoid doing anything contrary to law? And he said, ‘If you recognize that it is God who has put the thoughts into the hearts of the lawgivers that the lives of men might be preserved, you will follow them.’

241 The king acknowledged the man’s answer and said to another, ‘What is the advantage of kinship?’ And he replied, ‘If we consider that we ourselves are afflicted by the misfortunes which fall upon our relatives and if their sufferings become our own -then the strength of kinship is 242 apparent at once, for it is only when such feeling is shown that we shall win honour and esteem in their eyes. For help, when it is linked with kindliness, is of itself a bond which is altogether indissoluble. And in the day of their prosperity we must not crave their possessions, but must pray God to bestow all manner of good upon them.’

243 And having accorded to him the same praise as to the rest, the king asked another How he could attain freedom from fear? And he said, ‘When the mind is conscious that it has wrought no evil, and when God directs it to all noble counsels.’

244 The king expressed his approval and asked another How he could always maintain a right judgement? And he replied, ‘If he constantly set before his eyes the misfortunes which befall men and recognized that it is God who takes away prosperity from some and brings others to great honour and glory.’

245 The king gave a kindly reception to the man and asked the next to answer the question How he could avoid a life of ease and pleasure? And he replied, ‘If he continually remembered that he was the ruler of a great empire and the lord of vast multitudes, and that his mind ought not to be occupied with other things, but he ought always to be considering how he could best promote their welfare. He must pray, too, to God that no duty might be neglected.’

246 Having bestowed praise upon him, the king asked the tenth How he could recognize those who were dealing treacherously with him? And he replied to the question, ‘If he observed whether the bearing of those about him was natural and whether they maintained the proper rule of precedence at receptions and councils, and in their general intercourse, never going beyond the bounds of 247 propriety in congratulations or in other matters of deportment. But God will incline your mind, O King, to all that is noble.’ When the king had expressed his loud approval and praised them all individually (amid the plaudits of all who were present), they turned to the enjoyment of the feast.

248 And on the next day, when the opportunity offered, the king asked the next man, What is the grossest form of neglect? And he replied, ‘If a man does not care for his children and devote every effort to their education. For w always pray to God not so much for ourselves as for our children that every blessing may be theirs. Our desire that our children may possess self-control is only realized by the power of God.’

249 The king said that he had spoken well and then asked another How he could be patriotic? ‘By keeping before your mind,’ he replied, ‘the thought that it is good to live and die in one’s own country. Residence abroad brings contempt upon the poor and shame upon the rich as though they had been banished for a crime. If you bestow benefits upon all, as you continually do, God will give you favour with all and you will be accounted patriotic.’

250 After listening to this man, the king asked the next in order How he could live amicably with his wife? And he answered, ‘By recognizing that womankind are by nature headstrong and energetic in the pursuit of their own desires, and subject to sudden changes of opinion through fallacious reasoning, and their nature is essentially weak. It is necessary to deal wisely with them 251 and not to provoke strife. For the successful conduct of life the steersman must know the goal toward which he ought to direct his course. It is only by calling upon the help of God that men can steer a true course of life at all times.’

252 The king expressed his agreement and asked the next How he could be free from error? And he replied, ‘If you always act with deliberation and never give credence to slanders, but prove for yourself the things that are said to you and decide by your own judgement the requests which are made to you and carry out everything in the light of your judgement, you will be free from error, O King. But the knowledge and practice of these things is the work of the Divine power.’

253 Delighted with these words, the king asked another How he could be free from wrath? And he said in reply to the question, ‘If he recognized that he had power over all even to inflict death upon them, if he gave way to wrath, and that it would be useless and pitiful if he, just because he was lord, 254 deprived many of life. What need was there for wrath, when all men were in subjection and no one was hostile to him? It is necessary to recognize that God rules the whole world in the spirit of kindness and without wrath at all, and you,’ said he, ‘O king, must of necessity copy His example.’

255 The king said that he had answered well and then inquired of the next man, What is good counsel? ‘To act well at all times and with due reflection,’ he explained, ‘comparing what is advantageous to our own policy with the injurious effects that would result from the adoption of the opposite view, in order that by weighing every point we may be well advised and our purpose may be accomplished. And most important of all, by the power of God every plan of yours will find fulfilment because you practice piety.’

256 The king said that this man had answered well, and asked another What is philosophy? And he explained, ‘To deliberate well in reference to any question that emerges and never to be carried away by impulses, but to ponder over the injuries that result from the passions, and to act rightly as the circumstances demand, practicing moderation. But we must pray to God to instil into our mind a regard for these things.’

257 The king signified his consent and asked another How he could meet with recognition when traveling abroad? ‘By being fair to all men,’ he replied, ‘and by appearing to be inferior rather than superior to those amongst whom he was traveling. For it is a recognized principle that God by His very nature accepts the humble. And the human race loves those who are willing to be in subjection to them.’

258 Having expressed his approval at this reply, the king asked another How he could build in such a way that his structures would endure after him? And he replied to the question, ‘If his creations were on a great and noble scale, so that the beholders would spare them for their beauty, and if he never dismissed any of those who wrought such works and never compelled others to minister to his 259 needs without wages. For observing how God provides for the human race, granting them health and mental capacity and all other gifts, he himself should follow His example by rendering to men a recompense for their arduous toil. For it is the deeds that are wrought in righteousness that abide continually.’

260 The king said that this man, too, had answered well and asked the tenth, What is the fruit of wisdom? And he replied, ‘That a man should be conscious in himself that he has wrought no evil 261 and that he should live his life in the truth, since it is from these, O mighty King, that the greatest joy and steadfastness of soul and strong faith in God accrue to you if you rule your realm in piety.’ And when they heard the answer they all shouted with loud acclaim, and afterwards the king in the fullness of his joy began to drink their healths.

262 And on the next day the banquet followed the same course as on previous occasions, and when the opportunity presented itself the king proceeded to put questions to the remaining guests, and 263 he said to the first, ‘How can a man keep himself from pride?’ And he replied, ‘If he maintains equality and remembers on all occasions that he is a man ruling over men. And God brings the proud to nought, and exalts the meek and humble.’

264 The king spoke kindly to him and asked the next, Whom ought a man to select as his counselors? and he replied, ‘Those who have been tested in many affairs and maintain unmingled goodwill towards him and partake of his own disposition. And God manifests Himself to those who are worthy that these ends may be attained.’

265 The king praised him and asked another, What is the most necessary possession for a king? ‘The friendship and love of his subjects,’ he replied, ‘for it is through this that the bond of goodwill is rendered indissoluble. And it is God who ensures that this may come to pass in accordance with your wish.’

266 The king praised him and inquired of another, What is goal of speech? And he replied, ‘To convince your opponent by showing him his mistakes in a well-ordered array of arguments. For in this way you will win your hearer, not by opposing him, but by bestowing praise upon him with a view to persuading him. And it is by the power of God that persuasion is accomplished.’

267 The king said that he had given a good answer, and asked another How he could live amicably with the many different races who formed the population of his kingdom? ‘By acting the proper part towards each,’ he replied, ‘and taking righteousness as your guide, as you are now doing with the help of the insight which God bestows upon you.’

268 The king was delighted by this reply, and asked another ‘Under what circumstances ought a man to suffer grief?’ ‘In the misfortunes that befall our friends,’ he replied, ‘when we see that they are protracted and irremediable. Reason does not allow us to grieve for those who are dead and set free from evil, but all men do grieve over them because they think only of themselves and their own advantage. It is by the power of God alone that we can escape all evil.’ 269 The king said that he had given a fitting answer, and asked another, How is reputation lost? And he replied, When pride and unbounded self-confidence hold sway, dishonour and loss of reputation are engendered. For God is the Lord of all reputation and bestows it where He will.’

270 The king gave his confirmation to the answer, and asked the next man, To whom ought men to entrust themselves? ‘To those,’ he replied, who serve you from goodwill and not from fear or self-interest, thinking only of their own gain. For the one is the sign of love, the other the mark of ill-will and time-serving. For the man who is always watching, for his own gain is a traitor at heart. But you possess the affection of all your subjects by the help of the good counsel which God bestows upon you.’

271 The king said that he had answered wisely, and asked another, What is it that keeps a kingdom safe? And he replied to the question, ‘Care and forethought that no evil may be wrought by those who are placed in a position of authority over the people, and this you always do by the help of God who inspires you with grave judgement.’

272 The king spoke words of encouragement to him, and asked another, What is it that maintains gratitude and honour? And he replied, ‘virtue, for it is the creator of good deeds, and by it evil is destroyed, even as you exhibit nobility of character towards all by the gift which God bestows upon you.’

273 The king graciously acknowledged the answer and asked the eleventh (since there were two more than seventy), How he could in time of war maintain tranquillity of soul? And he replied, ‘By remembering that he had done no evil to any of his subjects, and that all would fight for him in return for the benefits which they had received, knowing that even if they lose their lives, you will care for those 274 dependent on them. For you never fail to make reparation to any-such is the kind-heartedness with which God has inspired you.’ The king loudly applauded them all and spoke very kindly to them and then drank a long draught to the health of each, giving himself up to enjoyment, and lavishing the most generous and joyous friendship upon his guests.

275 On the seventh day much more extensive preparations were made, and many others were present from the different cities (among them a large number of ambassadors). When an opportunity occurred, the king asked the first of those who had not yet been questioned How he could avoid 276 being deceived by fallacious reasoning? and he replied, ‘By noticing carefully the speaker, the thing spoken, and the subject under discussion, and by putting the same questions again after an interval in different forms. But to possess an alert mind and to be able to form a sound judgement in every case is one of the good gifts of God, and you possess it, O King.’

277 The king loudly applauded the answer and asked another, Why is it that the majority of men never become virtuous? ‘Because,’ he replied, ‘all men are by nature intemperate and inclined to 278 pleasure. Hence, injustice springs up and a flood of avarice. The habit of virtue is a hindrance to those who are devoted to a life of pleasure because it enjoins upon them the preference of temperance and righteousness. For it is God who is the master of these things.’

279 The king said that he had answered well, and asked, What ought kings to obey? And he said, ‘The laws, in order that by righteous enactments they may restore the lives of men. Even as you by such conduct in obedience to the Divine command have laid up in store for yourself a perpetual memorial.’

280 The king said that this man, too, had spoken well, and asked the next, Whom ought we to appoint as governors? And he replied, ‘All who hate wickedness, and imitating your own conduct act righteously that they may maintain a good reputation constantly. For this is what you do, O mighty King,’ he said, ‘and it is God who has bestowed upon you the crown of righteousness.’ 281 The king loudly acclaimed the answer and then looking at the next man said, ‘Whom ought we to appoint as officers over the forces?’ And he explained, ‘Those who excel in courage and righteousness and those who are more anxious about the safety of their men than to gain a victory by risking their lives through rashness. For as God acts well towards all men, so too you ill imitation of Him are the benefactor of all your subjects.’

282 The king said that he had given a good answer and asked another, What man is worthy of admiration? And he replied, The man who is furnished with reputation and wealth and power and possesses a soul equal to it all. You yourself show by your actions that you are most worthy of admiration through the help of God who makes you care for these things.’

283 The king expressed his approval and said to another ‘To what affairs ought kings to devote most time?’ And he replied, ‘To reading and the study of the records of official journeys, which are written in reference to the various kingdoms, with a view to the reformation and preservation of the subjects. And it is by such activity that you have attained to a glory which has never been approached by others, through the help of God who fulfils all your desires.’

284 The king spoke enthusiastically to the man and asked another How ought a man to occupy himself during his hours of relaxation and recreation? And he replied, ‘To watch those plays which can be acted with propriety and to set before one’s eyes scenes taken from life and enacted 285 with dignity and decency is profitable and appropriate. For there is some edification to be found even in these amusements, for often some desirable lesson is taught by the most insignificant affairs of life. But by practicing the utmost propriety in all your actions, you have shown that you are a philosopher and you are honoured by God on account of your virtue.’

286 The king, pleased with the words which had just been spoken, said to the ninth man, How ought a man to conduct himself at banquets? And he replied, ‘You should summon to your side men of learning and those who are able to give you useful hints with regard to the affairs of your kingdom and the lives of your subjects (for you could not find any theme more suitable or more 287 educative than this) since such men are dear to God because they have trained their minds to contemplate the noblest themes-as you indeed are doing yourself, since all your actions are directed by God.’

288 Delighted with the reply, the king inquired of the next man, What is best for the people? That a private citizen should be made king over them or a member of the royal family? And he 289 replied, He who is best by nature. For kings who come of royal lineage are often harsh and severe towards their subjects. And still more is this the case with some of those who have risen from the ranks of private citizens, who after having experienced evil and borne their share of 290 poverty, when they rule over multitudes turn out to be more cruel than the godless tyrants. But, as I have said, a good nature which has been properly trained is capable of ruling, and you are a great king, not so much because you excel in the glory of your rule and your wealth but rather because you have surpassed all men in clemency and philanthropy, thanks to God who has endowed you with these qualities.’

291 The king spent some time in praising this man and then asked the last of all, What is the greatest achievement in ruling an empire? And he replied, ‘That the subjects should continually dwell in a state of peace, and that justice should be speedily administered in cases of dispute. 292 These results are achieved through the influence of the ruler, when he is a man who hates evil and loves the good and devotes his energies to saving the lives of men, just as you consider injustice the worst form of evil and by your just administration have fashioned for yourself an undying reputation, since God bestows upon you a mind which is pure and untainted by any evil.’

293 And when he ceased, loud and joyful applause broke out for some considerable time. When it stopped the king took a cup and gave a toast in honour of all his guests and the words which they had uttered. Then in conclusion he said, ‘I have derived the greatest benefit from your presence. 294 I have profited much by the wise teaching which you have given me in reference to the art of ruling.’ Then he ordered that three talents of silver should be presented to each of them, and appointed one of his slaves to deliver over the money. All at once shouted their approval, and the banquet became a scene of joy, while the king gave himself up to a continuous round of festivity.

295 I have written at length and must crave your pardon, Philocrates. I was astonished beyond measure at the men and the way in which on the spur of the moment they gave answers which 296 really needed a long time to devise. For though the questioner had given great thought to each particular question, those who replied one after the other had their answers to the questions ready at once and so they seemed to me and to all who were present and especially to the philosophers to be worthy of admiration. And I suppose that the thing will seem incredible to those who will 297 read my narrative in the future. But it is unseemly to misrepresent facts which are recorded in the public archives. And it would not be right for me to transgress in such a matter as this. I tell the story just as it happened, conscientiously avoiding any error. I was so impressed by the force of their utterances, that I made an effort to consult those whose business it was to make 298 a record of all that happened at the royal audiences and banquets. For it is the custom, as you know, from the moment the king begins to transact business until the time when he retires to rest, for a record to be taken of all his sayings and doings-a most excellent and useful arrangement. 299 For on the following day the minutes of the doings and sayings of the previous day are read over before business commences, and if there has been any irregularity, the matter is at once set right. 300 I obtained therefore, as has been said, accurate information from the public records, and I have set forth the facts in proper order since I know how eager you are to obtain useful information.

301 Three days later Demetrius took the men and passing along the sea-wall, seven stadia long, to the island, crossed the bridge and made for the northern districts of Pharos. There he assembled them in a house, which had been built upon the sea-shore, of great beauty and in a secluded situation, and invited them to carry out the work of translation, since everything that they needed for the purpose 302 was placed at their disposal. So they set to work comparing their several results and making them agree, and whatever they agreed upon was suitably copied out under the direction of Demetrius. 303 And the session lasted until the ninth hour; after this they were set free to minister to their physical 304 needs. Everything they wanted was furnished for them on a lavish scale. In addition to this Dorotheus made the same preparations for them daily as were made for the king himself-for thus he had been commanded by the king. In the early morning they appeared daily at the Court, and 305 after saluting the king went back to their own place. And as is the custom of all the Jews, they washed their hands in the sea and prayed to God and then devoted themselves to reading and 306 translating the particular passage upon which they were engaged, and I put the question to them, Why it was that they washed their hands before they prayed? And they explained that it was a token that they had done no evil (for every form of activity is wrought by means of the hands) since in their noble and holy way they regard everything as a symbol of righteousness and truth.

307 As I have already said, they met together daily in the place which was delightful for its quiet and its brightness and applied themselves to their task. And it so chanced that the work of translation was completed in seventy-two days, just as if this had been arranged of set purpose.

308 When the work was completed, Demetrius collected together the Jewish population in the place where the translation had been made, and read it over to all, in the presence of the translators, who met with a great reception also from the people, because of the great benefits which they had 309 conferred upon them. They bestowed warm praise upon Demetrius, too, and urged him to have the whole law transcribed and present a copy to their leaders. 310 After the books had been read, the priests and the elders of the translators and the Jewish community and the leaders of the people stood up and said, that since so excellent and sacred and accurate a translation had been made, it was only right that it should remain as it was and no 311 alteration should be made in it. And when the whole company expressed their approval, they bade them pronounce a curse in accordance with their custom upon any one who should make any alteration either by adding anything or changing in any way whatever any of the words which had been written or making any omission. This was a very wise precaution to ensure that the book might be preserved for all the future time unchanged. 312 When the matter was reported to the king, he rejoiced greatly, for he felt that the design which he had formed had been safely carried out. The whole book was read over to him and he was greatly astonished at the spirit of the lawgiver. And he said to Demetrius, ‘How is it that none of the historians or the poets have ever thought it worth their while to allude to such a wonderful 313 achievement?’ And he replied, ‘Because the law is sacred and of divine origin. And some of those who formed the intention of dealing with it have been smitten by God and therefore desisted from 314 their purpose.’ He said that he had heard from Theopompus that he had been driven out of his mind for more than thirty days because he intended to insert in his history some of the incidents from the earlier and somewhat unreliable translations of the law. When he had recovered 315 a little, he besought God to make it clear to him why the misfortune had befallen him. And it was revealed to him in a dream, that from idle curiosity he was wishing to communicate sacred truths to common men, and that if he desisted he would recover his health. I have heard, too, from the lips 316 of Theodektes, one of the tragic poets, that when he was about to adapt some of the incidents recorded in the book for one of his plays, he was affected with cataract in both his eyes. And when he perceived the reason why the misfortune had befallen him, he prayed to God for many days and was afterwards restored. 317 And after the king, as I have already said, had received the explanation of Demetrius on this point, he did homage and ordered that great care should be taken of the books, and that they should 318 be sacredly guarded. And he urged the translators to visit him frequently after their return to Judea, for it was only right, he said, that he should now send them home. But when they came back, he 319 would treat them as friends, as was right, and they would receive rich presents from him. He ordered preparations to be made for them to return home, and treated them most munificently. He presented each one of them with three robes of the finest sort, two talents of gold, a sideboard weighing one talent, all the furniture for three couches. 320 And with the escort he sent Eleazar ten couches with silver legs and all the necessary equipment, a sideboard worth thirty talents, ten robes, purple, and a magnificent crown, and a hundred pieces of the finest woven linen, also bowls and dishes, and two golden beakers to be dedicated to God. 321 He urged him also in a letter that if any of the men preferred to come back to him, not to hinder them. For he counted it a great privilege to enjoy the society of such learned men, and he would rather lavish his wealth upon them than upon vanities. 322 And now Philocrates, you have the complete story in accordance with my promise. I think that you find greater pleasure in these matters than in the writings of the mythologists. For you are devoted to the study of those things which can benefit the soul, and spend much time upon it. I shall attempt to narrate whatever other events are worth recording, that by perusing them you may secure the highest reward for your zeal.

The  above letter was a fabricated one and it may be fabricated around 200 CE


Ἀξιολόγου διηγήσεωs, ὦ Φιλόκρατεs, περὶ τῆς γενηθείσης ἡμῖν


ἐντυχίαs πρὸς Ἐλεάζαρον τόν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀρχιερέα σύνεσταμένης,

διά τὸ σὲ περὶ πολλοῦ πεποιῆσθαι, παρ᾿ ἕκαστα ὑπομιμνήσκων,

συνακοῦσαι περὶ ὧν ἀπεστάλημεν καὶ διὰ τί, πεπείραμαι σαφῶς  


ἐκθέσθαι σοι, κατειληφὼς ἣν ἔχειs φιλομαθῆ διάθεσιν, ὅπερ μέ-


γιστόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ, προσμανθάνειν ἀεί τι καὶ προσλαμβάνειν,

ἤτοι κατὰ τὰs ἱστορίας, ἢ καὶ κατ᾿ αὐτὸ τὸ πρᾶγμα πεπειραμέινῳ.

οὕτω γὰρ κατασκευάζεται ψυχῆs καθαρὰ διάθεσις, ἀναλαβοῦσα τὰ

κάλλιστα· καὶ πρὸs τὸ πάντων κυριώτατον νενευκυῖα τὴν εὐσέ-


βειαν ἀπλανεῖ κεχρημένη κανόνι διοικεῖ. Τὴν προαίρεσιν ἔχοντες

ἡμεῖς πρὸς τὸ περιέργως τὰ θεῖα κατανοεῖν, ἐαυτοὺς ἐπεδώκαμεν εἰς
τὸν προειρημένον ἄνδρα πρεσβείαν, καλοκαγαθίᾳ καὶ δόξῃ προτε-
τιμημένον ὑπό τε τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ κατακεκτημένον
μεγίστην ὠφέλειαν τοῖς σὺν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τοὺς ἄλλους
15 τόπους πολίταις, πρὸς τὴν ἐρμηνείαν τοῦ θείου νόμου, διὰ τὸ γεγρά-
φθαι παῤ αὐτοῖς ἐν διφθέραις ἐβραϊκοῖς γράμμασιν. ἣν δὴ καὶ   4
ἐποιησάμεθα ἡμεῖς σπουδῇ, λαβόντες καιρὸν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα περὶ
τῶν μετοικισθέντων εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς
τοῦ βασιλέως, πρώτως κεκτημένου τήν τε πόλιν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν
20 Αἴγυπτον παρειληφότος.          Ἄξιόν ἐστι καὶ ταῦτά σοι δηλῶσαι.
πέπεισμαι γάρ σε μᾶλλον ἔχοντα πρόσκλισιν πρὸς τὴν σεμνότητα   5
καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων διάθεσιν τῶν κατὰ τὴν σεμνὴν νομο-
θεσίαν διεξαγόντων, περὶ ὧν προαιρούμεθα  δηλοῦν, ἀσμένως σε 

ευτυχιαs GZ | συνισταμενοs Τ   υπομιμνησκeιν Wend. (σκων codd

omn   ων] ου K     προσμανμανοντι Z    om και I | κατ αυτοκατα
ταυτο HKAGI | πεπειραμενων HKGIT    διαθεσις καθ. K.   9 κυριω-
τερον Κ    10 διοικ. την προαιρεσιν. Εχοντες codd corr Wend.    11 προε-
δωκ. TZ | εις] εις την προς Wend.    12 τετιμ. TZ    13 κατεκτημ. HAI
κατακτ. G txt KTZ    16 αυτου T    17 post σπουδη lacunam statuit
Wend.    19 om τα TZ    21 προσκλησιν codd    23 δηλουντεσ μεν ως
σε codd, txt ex conj Schmidt

ἀκούσεσθαι, προσφάτως παραγεγενημένον ἐκ τῆς νήσου πρὸς
ἡμᾶς, καὶ βουλόμενον συνακούειν ὅσα πρὸς ἐπισκευὴν ψυχῆς
ὑπάρχει.  καὶ πρόρερον δὲ διεπεμψάμην σοι περὶ ὧν ἐνόμιζον   6
ἀξιομνημονεύτων εἶναι τὴν ἀναγραφήν, ἣν μετελάβομεν παρὰ τῶν
5 κατὰ τὴν λογιωτάτην Αἴγυπτον λογιωτάτων ἀρχιερέων περὶ τοῦ
γένους τῶν Ἰουδαίων. φιλομαθῶς γὰρ ἔχοντί σοι περὶ τῶν δυνα-   7
μένων ὠφελῆσαι διάνοιαν δέον ἐστὶ μεταδιδόναι, μάλιστα μὲν πᾶσι
τοῖς ὁμοίοις, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον σοὶ γνησίαν ἔχοντι τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὐ
μόνον κατὰ τὸ συγγενὲς ἀδελφῷ καθεστῶτι τὸν τρόπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ
10 πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ὁρμῇ τὸν αὐτὸν ὄντα ἡμῖν. χρυσοῦ γὰρ χάρις ἢ   8
κατασκευή τις ἄλλη τῶν τετιμημένων παρὰ τοῖς κενοδόξοις ὠφέλειαν
οὐκ ἔχει τὴν αὐτήν, ὅσον ἡ παιδείας ἀγωγὴ καὶ ἡ περὶ τούτων
φροντίς. ἵνα δὲ μὴ περὶ τῶν προλεγομένων μηκύνοντες ἀδόλεσχόν
τι ποιῶμεν, ἐπὶ τὸ συνεχὲς τῆς διηγήσεως ἐπανήξομεν.

§Κατασταθεὶς ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως βιβλιοθήκης Δημήτριος ὁ

  9 § Jos Eus
Φαληρεὺς ἐχρηματίσθη πολλὰ διάφορα πρὸς τὸ συναγαγεῖν, εἰ
δυντόν, ἅπαντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην βιβλία· καὶ ποιούμενος
ἀγορασμοὺς καὶ μεταγραφὰς ἐπὶ τέλος ἤγαγεν, ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῷ, τὴν
τοῦ βασιλέως ορόθεσιν. παρόντων οὖν ἡμῶν ἐρωτηθείς Πόσαι   10
20 τινὲς μυριάδες τυγχάνουσι βιβλίων; εἶπεν Ὑπὲρ τὰς εἴκοσι,
βασιλεῦ· σπουδάσω δ᾿ ἐν ὀλίγῳ πρὸς τὸ πληρωθῆναι πεντή-
κοντα μυριάδας τὰ λοιπά. προσήγγελται δέ μοι καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων
νόμιμα μεταγραφῆς ἄξια καὶ τῆς παρὰ σοὶ βιβλιοθήκης εἶναι.
Τί τὸ κωλῦον οὖν, εἶπεν, ἐστὶ σε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; πάντα γὰρ ὑπο-   11
25 τέτακταί σοι τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν.      ὅ δὲ Δημήτριος εἶπεν
Ἑρμηνείας προσδεῖται· χαρακτῆρσι γὰρ ἰδίοις κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίων
χρῶνται, καθάπερ Αἰγύπτιοι τῇ τῶν γραμμάτων θέσει, καθὸ καὶ
φωνὴν ἰδίαν ἔχουσιν. ὑπολαμβάνονται Συριακῇ χρῆσθαι· τὸ δ᾿

διεπεμψ. σοι] διεπεμψαμεθα G    σοι] μοι conj Schmidt    μα-   HKAGITZ
λιστα] μαλλον G    γνησιως G    αλλα και τον τροπον Wend.   Jos Eus
12 παιδεια αυτη G παιδειας διαγ. I    14 ποιυμεν Z παθωμεν Gvid |
επανηξωμεν K    16 om ει δυνατον Eus    19 ουν ins Eus om Ar codd
21 σποθδασω Eus πληρωσω Ar    22 προσηγγελται Eus (cf Jos
μεμηνυσθαι)] προσαγγελλεται codd | των] pr τα Eus    24 εστι σε]
αυτοι G | αποτετακται Eus    28 θπολαμβανονται] + δε Eus

οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἕτερος τρόπος. Μεταλαβὼν δὲ ἕκαστα ὁ βασιλεὺς
εἶπε γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅπως τὰ προειρημένα
τελείωσιν λάβῃ.    Νομίσας δὲ ἐγὼ καιρὸν εἶναι περὶ ᾧν πολ-    12 ¶ Eus
λάκις ἠξιώκειν Σωσίβιόν τε τὸν Ταραντῖνον καὶ Ἀνδρέαν, τοὺς
5 ἀρχισωματοφύλακας, περὶ τῆς ἀπρολυτρώσεως τῶν μετηγμένων ἐκ
τῆς Ἰουδαίας ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ βασιλέως—ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἐπελθὼν
τὰ κατὰ κοίλην Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην ἅπαντα, συγχρώμενος εὐημερίᾳ
μετὰ ἀνδρείας, τοὺς μὲν μετῴκιζεν, οὕς δὲ ᾐχμαλώτιζε, φόβῳ πὰντα
ὑποχείρια ποιούμενος· ἐν ὅσῳ καὶ πρὸς δέκα μυριάδας ἐκ τῆς τῶν
10 Ἰουδαίων χώρας εἰς Αἴγυπτον μετήγαγεν, ἀφ᾿ ὧν ὡσεὶ τρεῖς μυριάδας    13
καθοπλίσας ἀνδρῶν ἐκλεκτῶν εἰς τὴν χώραν κατῴκισεν ἐν τοῖς
φρουρίοις (ἤδη μὲν καὶ πρότερον ἱκανῶν εἰσεληλυθότων σὺν τῷ
Πέρσῃ, καὶ πρὸ τούτων ἑτέρων συμμαχιῶν ἐξαπεσταλμένων πρὸς
τὸν τῶν Αἰθιόπων βασιλέα μάχεσθαι σὺν Ψαμμιτίχῳ· ἀλλ᾿ οὐ
15 τοσοῦτοι τῷ πλήθει παρεγενήθησαν, ὅσους Πτολεμαῖος ὁ τοῦ
Λάγου μετήγαγε)· καθὼς δὲ προείπομεν, ἐπιλὲξας τοὺς ἀρίστους    14
ταῖς ἡλικίαις καὶ ῥώμῃ διαφέροντας καθώπλισε, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν χύμα
πρεσβυτέρων καὶ νεωτέρων, ἔτι δὲ γυναικῶν, εἴασεν εἰς τὴν οἰκετίαν,
οὐχ οὕτως τῇ προαιρέσει κατὰ ψυχὴν ἔχων, ὡς κατακρατούμενος
20 ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, δἰ ἂς ἐπεποίηντο χρείας ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς
ἀγῶσιν—ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐπεί τινα παρεύρεσιν εἰς τὴν ἀπόλυσιν αὐτῶν
ἀπελάβομεν, καθὼς προδεδήλωται, τοιούτοις ἐχρησάμεθα λόγοις
πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα      Μήποτε ἄλογον ᾖ ἐλέγχεσθαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν    15
τῶν πραγμάτων, ὦ βασιλεῦ. τῆς γὰρ νομοθεσίας κειμένης πᾶσι
25 τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ἣν ἡμεῖς οὐ μόνον μεταγράψαι ἐπινοοῦμεν, ἀλλά καὶ
διερμηνεῦσαι, τίνα λόγον ἕξομεν πρὸς ἀποστολήν, ἐν οἰκετίαις
ὑπαρχόντων ἐν τῇ σῇ βασιλείᾳ πληθῶν ἱκανῶν; ἀλλὰ τελείᾳ καὶ
πλουσίᾳ ψυχῇ ἀπόλυσον τοὺς συνεχομένους ἐν ταλαιπωρίαις,
κατευθύνοντός σου τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ τεθεικότος αὐτοῖς θεοῦ τὸν
30 νόμον, καθὼς περιείργασμαι. τὸν γὰρ πάντων ἐπόπτην καὶ κτίστην    16

ηξιωσα σνεχως τους περι τον Ταρ. G    σωματοφυλακας Α | εκ] απο    HKAGI
TZ    μετοικ. Z | ους] τους Gvid    11 εκλελεγμενων T | κατελιπεν G    TZ Jos
12 μεν] + ουν I | ικανως H | συνεληλ. | om συν T    14 Αιθ.] Αιγυττιων T
15 τω πληθ. om TZ    18 νεωτ. και πρεσβ. I | δε] + και K    21 ετει] επι
GI    26 ικετειαις K    28 απολυσας G    29 σου] σοι TZ

θεὸν οὗτοι σέβονται, ὃν καὶ πάντες, ἡμεῖς δέ, βασιλεῦ, προσονομά-
ζοντες ἑτέρως Ζῆνα καὶ Δία· τοῦτο δ᾿ οὐκ ἀνοικείως οἱ πρῶτοι
διεσήμαναν, δἰ ὃν ζωοποιοῦνται τὰ πάντα καὶ γίωεται, τοῦτον
ἁπάντων ἡγεῖσθαί τε καὶ κυριεύειν. ὑπερηρκὼς δὲ σύμπαντας ἀνθρώ-
5 πους τῇ λαμπρότητι τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπόλυσιν ποίησαι τῶν ἐνεχομένων
ταῖς οἰκετίαις.      Οὐδὲ πολὺν χρόνον ἐπισχών, καὶ ἡμῶν κατὰ    17
ψυχὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐχομένων, τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτοῦ κατασκευάσαι
πρὸς τὸ τοὺς ἅπαντας ἀπολυθῆναι (κτίσμα γὰρ ὂν θεοῦ τὸ γένος
τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ μεταλλοιοῦται καὶ τρέπεται πάλιν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ·
10 διὸ πολλαχῶς καὶ ποικίλως ἐπεκαλούμην τὸν κυριεύοντα κατὰ
καρδίαν, ἵνα συναναγκασθῇ, καθὼς ἠξίουν, ἐπιτελέσαι· μεγάλην    18
γὰρ εἶχον ἐλπίδα, περὶ σωτηρίας§ ἀνθρώπων προτιθέμενος λόγον, ὅτι    § B
τὴν ἐπιτέλειαν ὁ θεὸς ποιήσει τῶν ἀξιουμένων· ὃ γὰρ πρὸς δικαιο-
σύνην καὶ καλῶν ἔργων ἐπιμέλειαν ἐν ὁσιότητι νομίζουσιν ἄνθρωποι
15 ποιεῖν, κατευθύνει τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς ἐπιβολὰς ὁ κυριεύων ἁπάντων
θεός), ὁ δὲ διανακύψας καὶ προσβλέψας ἱλαρῷ τῷ προσώπῳ Πόσας    19
ὑπολαμβάνεις μυριάδας ἔσεσθαι; ἔφη.    παρεστὼς δὲ Ἀνδρέας
ἀπεφήνατο Βραχεῖ πλεῖον μυριάδων δέκα. ὁ δέ, Μικρόν γε, εἶπεν,
Ἀριστέας ἡμᾶς ἀξιοῖ πρᾶγμα. Σωσίβιος δὲ καὶ τῶν παρόντων
20 τινὲς τοῦτ᾿ εἶπον Καὶ γὰρ ἄξιόν ἐστι τῆς σῆς μεγαλοψυχίας, ὅπως
χαριστήριον ἀναθῇ τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ τὴν τούτων ἀπόλυσιν. μεγίστως
γὰρ τετιμημένος ὑπὸ τοῦ κρατοῦντος τὰ πάντα καὶ δεδοξασμένος
ὑπὲρ τοὺς προγόνους, εἰ καὶ μέγιστα ποιήσεις χαριστήρια, καθῆκόν
ἐστί σοι.      Διαχυθεὶς δὲ εὖ μάλα τοῖς ὀψωνίοις εἶπε προσθεῖναι,    20
25 καὶ σώματος ἑκάστου κομίζεσθαι δραχμὰς εἴκοσι, καὶ περὶ τούτων
ἐκθεῖναι πρόσταγμα, τὰς δὲ ἀπογραφὰς ποιεῖσθαι παῤ αὐτά,
μεγαλείως χρησάμενος τῇ προθυμίᾳ, τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν πᾶσαν ἐπιτελέ-
σαντος ἡμῶν προαίρεσιν, καὶ συναναγκάσαντος αὐτὸν ἀπολυτρῶσαι
μὴ μόνον τοὺς συνεληλυθότας τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τοῦ πατρός, ἀλλὰ καὶ

ω βασιλευ TZ    ετερως AR codd] ετυμως hic hab Jos sed fort pro

ουκ ανοικειως | ζηνα· (al ζην· α) και δια τουπο δ codd  (δ codd (δ om T)    Z Jos
τουτων Z    απολ. ποι.] αποποιησαι I    ικετιαις I    ον] ων Z    12 om γαρ
TZ | υποτιθεμενος B* (προστιθ. Bcorr) | στε Z    13 δικαιοσ.] ελεημοσυνην G
15 βουλας B επιβουλ. T    16 διακυψας A ανακυψας G    18 Βραχει] pr
εν λογω B βραχυ K | ενδεκα Jos    19 αξιω G    24 εφη B    25 δραγμας I

εἴ τινες προῆσαν, ἢ μετὰ ταῦτα παρεισήχθησαν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν.
ὑπὲρ τὰ τετρακόσια τάλαντα τὴν δόσιν ἀπέφαινον εἶναι.   καὶ τοῦ    21
προστάγματος δὲ τὸ ἀντίγραφον οὐκ ἄχρηστον οἴομαι κατακε-
χωρίσθαι.   πολλῷ γὰρ ἡ μεγαλομοιρία φανερωτέρα καὶ εὔδηλος
5 ἔσται τοῦ βασιλέως, τοῦ θεοῦ κατισχύοντος αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σωτηρίαν
γενέσθαι πλήθεσιν ἱκανοῖς.   ἦν δὲ τοιοῦτο      Τοῦ βασιλέως προσ-    22
τάξαντος—Ὅσοι τῶν συνεστρατευμένων τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ
Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην τόπους ἐπελθόντες τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων χώραν
ἐγκρατεῖς ἐγένοντο σωμάτων Ἰουδαϊκῶν καὶ ταῦτα διακεκομίκασιν εἴς
10 τε τήν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν ἢ καὶ πεπράκασιν ἑτέροις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ
εἴ τινες προῆσαν ἢ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτά εἰσιν εἰσηγμένοι τῶν τοιούτων,
ἀπολύειν παρὰ χρῆμα τοὺς ἔχπμτας, κομιζομένους αὐτίκα ἑκάστου
σώματος δραχμὰς εἴκοσι, τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας τῇ τῶν ὀψωνίων
δόσει, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς τραπέζης.    νομίζομεν    23
15 γὰρ καὶ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν βούλησιν καὶ παρὰ τὸ καλῶς
ἔχον ᾐχμαλωτεῦσθαι τούτους, διὰ δὲ τὴν στρατιωτικὴν προπέτειαν
τήν τε χώραν αὐτῶω κατεφθάρθαι καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων μεταγωγὴν
εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονέναι·   ἱκανὴ γὰρ ἦν ἡ παρὰ τὸ πεδίον
γεγονυῖα ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὠφέλεια·   διὸ παντελῶς ἀνεπιεικής
ἐστι καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καταδυναστεία.   πᾶσιν οὖν ἀνθρώποις τὸ   24
δίκαιον ἀπονέμειν ὁμολογούμενοι, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἀλόγως
καταδυναστευομένοις, καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἐκζητοῦντες τὸ καλῶς ἔχον πρός
τε τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν κατὰ πάντων εὐσέβειαν, προστετάχαμεν ὅσα
τῶν Ἰοθδαϊκῶν ἐστι σωμάτων ἐν οἰκετίαις πανταχῆ καθ᾿ ὁντινοῦν
25 τρόπον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ, κομιζομένους τοὺς ἔχοντας τὸ προκείμενον
κεφάλαιον ἀπολύειν, καὶ μηδένα κακοσχόλως περὶ τούτων μηδὲν
οἰκονομεῖν·   τὰς δ᾿ ἀπογραφὰς ἐν ἡμέραις τρισίν, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἡμέρας
ἐκκεῖται τὸ πρόσταγμα, ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς τοὺς καθεσταμένους περὶ

υπερ Fort deperiit aliquid ante hoc verbum | τριακοσια TB (τ) HKAGIBT
κατακεχωπισθαι BT* vid (-ησθαι)] κατακεχωρισται cett    του βασ. Z Jos
προστ. (cum praeced conj codd) ad decretum refert Wend. quasi titulum
habet Nestle    εγκρατεις—την χωραν    10 om BTZ    12 κομιζομενου T
13 δραγμας BTZ | τους] + εχοντας BTZ    17 om των BTZ
21 ομολογουμενως HKAGIT* vid -μενοις ZTcorr vid txt ex corr Schmidt
23 παντα B 21 εστι] + των HAGI | οικεταις TZ | πανταχη ex conj] παντι μη HKAITZ παντα μη G παντι B παντι και We. | οντινα ουν KBT
28 κατεσταμενους HKATZ κατεσταλμ. GI

τούτων, καταδεικνύντας εὐθὺ καὶ τὰ σώματα. διειλήξαμεν γὰρ καὶ    25
ἡμῖν συμφέρειν καὶ τοῖς πράγμασι τοῦτ᾿ ἐπιτλεσθῆναι.   τὸν δὲ
βουλόμενον προσαγγέλλειν περὶ τῶν ἀπειθησάντων, ἐφ᾿ ᾧ τοῦ φανέν-
τος ἐνόχου τὴν κυρίαν ἕξειν·   τὰ δὲ ὑπάρχοντα τῶν τοιούτων εἰς
5 τὸ βασιλικὸν ἀναληφθήσειται.      Εἰσδοθέντος τοῦ προστάγ-    26
ματος, ὅπως ἐπαναγνωσθῇ τῷ βασιλεῖ, τὰ ἄλλα πάντ᾿ ἔχοντος
πλὴν τοῦ Καὶ εἴ τινες προῆσαν ἢ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσηγμένοι εἰσι
τῶν τοιούτων, αὐτὸς τοῦτο ὁ βασιλεὺς προσέθηκε, μεγαλομοιρίᾳ
καὶ μεγαλοψυχίᾳ χρησάμενος, ἐκέλευσέ τε τῶν διαφόρων δόσιν
10 ἀθρόαν οὖσαν ἀπομερισαι τοῖς ὑπηρέταις τῶν ταγμάτων καὶ βασι-
λικοῖς τραπεζίταις.   οὕτω δοχθὲν ἐκεκύρωτο ἐν ἡμέραις ἑπτά·   πλεῖον    27
δὲ ταλάντων ἑξακοσίων ἑξήκοντα ἡ δόσις ἐγεγονει.   πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ
τῶν ἐπιμαστιδίων τέκνων σὺν ταῖς μητράσιν ἐλευθεροῦντο.   προσαν-
ενεχθέντος εἰ καὶ περὶ τούτων εἰκοσαδραχμία δοθήσεται, καὶ τοῦτ᾿
15 ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ποιεῖν, ὁλοσχερῶς περὰ τοῦ δόξαντος ἅπαντ᾿
§ Ὡς δὲ κατεπράχθη ταῦτα, τὸν Δημήτριον ἐκέλευσεν εἰσδοῦναι    28 § Eus
περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν βιβλίων ἀναγραφῆς.   πάντα γὰρ διὰ
προσταγμάτων καὶ μεγάλης ἀσφαλείας τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τούτοις
20 διῳκεῖτο, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπερριμμένως οὐδ᾿ εἰκῇ.   διόπερ καὶ τὸ τῆς
εἰσδόσεως καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα κατακεχώρικα, καὶ τὸ
τῶν ἀπεσταλμένων πλῆθος καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου κατασκευήν, διὰ τὸ
μεγαλομοιρίᾳ καὶ τέχνη διαφέρειν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν.   τῆς δὲ εἰσδό-
σεώς ἐστιν ἀντίγραφον τόδε    Βασιλεῖ μεγάλῳ παρὰ Δημητρίου.    29
25 προστάξαντός σου, βασιλεῦ, περὶ τῶν ἀπολιπόντων εἰς τὴν συμπλή-
ρωσιν τῆς βιβλιοθήκης βιβλίων, ὅπως ἐπισυναχθῇ, καὶ τὰ διαπεπ-
τωκότα τύχῃ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπισκευῆς, πεποιημένος οὐ παρέργως

εφ ω ex conj   (cf. 3 Macc 328)]   εφη  codd  εφην Ivid                εισδοθεντος]    HKAGIBT
 ουν  B  δε  Wend. cum cod Mon (Jos)                ει καὶ   Κ | η] ει  GIZ  | εισιν    Z Jos Eus
εισηγ.   Wend. cum cod  Mon                     αυτος    Wend. cum Jos] αυτο codd
10 ουσαν] + δοσιν  B            11 πλειων  TZ          12 εξηκ. καὶ τετρακοσ. Jos
13 ηλευθ. B        14 προσανεν.] + δε We. (cod Mon)       15 ολοσχ. ποι. ο β. B
17 τω Δημητριω BT | εκδουναι Eusi et Joscodd aliq         18 αναγραφης Jos et
Eus] αντιγραφης Ar codd omn     19 ασφαλ.] ακριβειας Eus    20 διωκητο
Ar codd txt  Eus  (διωκειται Eusº)   | καὶ 1º]  ins Eus om Ar    | το  Eus]   τα  Ar
21 εκδοσεως  BTZ  Euscodd aliq         24 αντιγραφον (-φα B) εστιν ουτως BT
25 προστεταχοτος   Eusº   |   απολειφθεντων Eus         26 της]   +     δια Eusº

τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἐπιμέλειαν, προσαναφέρω σοι τάδε. τοῦ νόμου    30
τῶν Ἰουδαίων βιβλία σὺν ἑτέροις ὀλίγοις τισὶν ἀπολείπει·   τυγχάνει
γὰρ Ἑβραϊκοῖς γράμμασι καὶ φωνῇ λεγόμενα, ἀμελέστερον δέ, καὶ
οὐχ ὡς ὑπάρχει, σεσήμανται, καθὼς ὑπὸ τῶν εἰδότων προσανα-
5 φέρεται· προνοίας γὰρ βασιλικῆς οὐ τέτευχε. δέον δέ ἐστι καὶ    31
ταῦθ᾿ ὑπάρχειν παρά σοι διηκριβωμένα, διὰ τὰ καὶ φιλοσαφωτέραν
εἶναι καὶ ἀκέραιον τήν νομοθεσίαν ταύτην, ὡς ἄν οὖσαν θείαν. διὸ
πόρρω γεγόονασιν οἵ τε συγγραφεῖς καὶ ποιηταὶ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἱστορικῶν
πλῆθος τῆς ἐπιμνήσεως τῶν προειρημένων βιβλίων, καὶ τῶν κατ᾿
10 αὐτὰ πεπολιτευμένων [καὶ πολιτευομένων] ἀνδρῶν, διὰ τὸ ἁγνήν τινα
καὶ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρίαν, ὥς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος ὁ
Ἀβδηρίτης. ἐὰν οὖν φαίνηται, βασιλεῦ, γραφήσεται πρὸς τὸν    32
ἀρχιερέα τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, ἀποστεῖλαι τοὺς μάλιστα καλῶς
βεβιωκότας καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ὄντας ἄνδρας, ἐμπειρους τῶν κατὰ
15 τὸν νόμον τὸν ἑαυτῶν, ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως τὸ σύμξωνον ἐκ
τῶν πλειόνων ἐξετάσαντες καὶ λαβόντες τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν
ἀκριβές, ἀξίως καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆ σῆς προαιρέσεως, θῶμεν
εὐσήμως.   εὐτύχει διὰ παντός.   Τῆς δὲ εἰσδόσεως ταύτης γενο-    33
μένης, ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον περὶ
20 τούτων, σημάναντας καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν αἰχμα-
λώτων.   ἔδωλε δὲ καὶ εἰς κατασκευὴν
τραπέζης καὶ σπονδείων χρυσίου μὲν ὁλκῆς τάλαντα πεντήκοντα
καὶ ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ λίθων ἑκανόν τι πλῆθος—
ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς ῥισκοφύλακας τοῖς τεχωίταις, ὡν ἂν προαιρῶνται,
25 τὴν ἐκλογὴν διδόναι—καὶ νομίσματος εἰς θυσίας καὶ ἄλλα πρὸς
τάλαντα ἑκατόν.   δηλώσομεν δέ σοι περὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς, ὡς ἂν    34
τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα διέλθωμεν. ἦν δὲ ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως
ἐπιστολὴ τὸν τύπον ἔχουσα τοῦτον    Βασιλεὺς Πτολεμαῖος    35

εν] επι H | ταδε] τα δε cum seqq conj Ar Eus      τετυχηκε Jos

Eus | ετι Eus      10 αυτας Ar et Eusio. Fort βιβλων supra legendum | και Z Jos Eus
πολιτευομενων om Eus et Josvid      11 om φησιν Eusi    12 om ουν Eusº |
φαιν. Eus] φανηται Ar codd φανηται σοι εννομον B    14 om οντας Eus
15 αφ Jos Eus] εφ HAGIBT      18 εκδοσεως Eusi    20 σημαναντα Ar
txt Eus et Josvid (δηλουντας) | γεναμενην GBvidTZ      23 ικανων I καλον
Eusi      24 χρηματοφυλ. Eus | om τοις Eusi | om αν BTZ | προαιρουνται B
25 νομισματα BT txt codd cett Eus Jos

Ἐλεαζάρῳ ἀρχιερεῖ χαίρειν καὶ ἐρρῶσθαι.   ἐπεὶ συμβαίνει πλείονας
τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν κατῳκίσθαι γενηθέντας ἀνα-
σπάστους ἐκ τῶν Ἱεροςολύμνω ὑπὸ Περσῶν, καθ᾿ ὃν ἐπεκράτουν
χρόνον, ἔτι δὲ καὶ συνεληλυθέναι τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον
5 αἰχμαλώτους,—ἀφ᾿ ὧν πλείονας εἰς τὸ στρατιωτικὸν σύνταγμα    36
κατεχώρισεν ἐπὶ μείζοσι μισθοφορίαις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς προόντας
κρίνας πιστοὺς φρούρια κτίσας ἀπέδωκεν αὐτοῖς, ὅπως τὸ τῶν Αἰγυ-
πτίων ἔθνος φόβον [μὴ] ἔχῃ διὰ τούτων· καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ παραλαβόντες
τὴν βασιλείαν φιλανθρωπότερον ἀπαντῶμεν τοῖς πᾶσι, πολὺ δὲ
10 μᾶλλον τοῖς σοῖς πολίταις—ὑπὲρ δέκα μυριάδας αἰχμαλώτων ἠλευ-    37
θερώκαμεν, ἀποδόντες τοῖς κρατοῦσι τὴν κατ᾿ ἀξίαν ἀργθρολὴν τιμήν,
διορθούμενοι καὶ εἴ τι κακῶς ἐπράχθη διὰ τὰς τῶν ὄχλων ὁρμάς,
διειληφότες εὐσεβῶς τοῦτο πρᾶξαι, καὶ τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ χαριστικὸν
ἀνατιθέντεσ, ὃς ἡμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ δόκῃ κρατίστῃ
15 παῤ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην διατετήρηκεν·   εἴς τε τὸ στράτευμα τοὺς
ἀκμαιοτάτους ταῖς ἡλικίαις τετάχαμεν, τοὺς δὲ δυναμένους καὶ περὶ
ἡμᾶς εἶναι, τῆς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν πίστεως ἀξίους, ἐπὶ χρειῶν καθεστά-
καμεν.   βουλομένων δ᾿ ἡμῶν καὶ τούτοις χαρίζεσθαι καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς    38
κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην Ἰουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς μετέπειτα, προῃρήμεθα τὸν
20 νόμον ὑμῶν μεθερμηνευθῆναι γράμμασιν Ἑλληνικοῖς ἐκ τῶν παῤ
ὑμῶν λεγομένων Ἑβραϊκῶν γραμμάτων, ἵν᾿ ὑπάρχῃ καὶ ταῦτα παῤ
ἡμῖν ἐν βιβλιοθήκῃ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις βασιλικοῖς βιβλίοις.   καλῶς    39
οὖν ποιήσεις καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας σπουδῆς ἀξίως ἐπιλεξάμενος ἄνδρας
καλῶς βεβιωκότας πρεσβυτέρους, ἐμπειρίαν ἔχοντας τοῦ νόμου, καὶ
25 δυνατοὺς ἑρμηνεῦσαι, ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστξς φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως ἐκ τῶν πλείονων
τὸ σύμξωνον εὑρεθῇ, διὰ τὸ περὶ μειζόνων εἶναι τὴν σκέψιν.
οἰόμεθα γάρ ἐπιτελεσθέντος τούτου μεγάλην ἀποίσεσθαι δόξαν.

επει συμβ. KZ Eus] επισυμβαινει codd cett      κατοικεισθαι Ar codd HKAGIBT
κατωκεισθαι Eus txt Josvid | αναρπαστους HKA Eusedd txt GIBTZ Eusi Z Jos Eus
συνεισελ. Gvid I Eusi      ων ] + και Eus      προοντας BcorrTZ Eus]
παροντας HKAGIB* vid      μη hab Ar codd omn om Jos Eus recte ut
videtur | εχει GI      11 αργυρ. κατ. αξ. Z      13 πρασσειν Eus | χαριστηριον
B txt codd cett Eus      14 δοξη] + τη Eus      16 και om GI      17 της]
pr και Eus | αξιως ZT? | επι χειρων κατεστακαμεν (-ησαμεν B) Ar codd
επικρινων κατεστησα Eus txt emend Schmidt      21 υμιν (-ωνiεβρ. λεγ. Eus
23 επιλεξας Eus txt Ar Jos      25 δυναμενους BT

ἀπεστάλκαμεν δὲ περὶ τούτων Ἀνδρέαν τῶν ἀρχισωματοφυλάκων    40
καὶ Ἀριστέαν, τιμωμένους παῤ ἡμῖν, διαλεξομένους σοι καὶ κομί-
ζοντας ἀπαρχὰς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἀναθημάτων καὶ εἰς θυσίας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα
ἀργυρίου τὰλαντα ἑκατόν.   γράφων δὲ καὶ σὺ πρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ ὧν ἐὰν
5 βούλῃ κεχαρισμένος ἔσῃ, καὶ φιλίας ἄξιόν τι πράξεις, ὡς ἐπιτελεσ-
θησομένων τὴν ταχίστην περὶ ὧν ἂν αἱρῇ. ἔρρωσο.      Πρὸς    41
ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀντέγραψεν ἐνδεχομένως ὁ Ἐλεάζαρος
ταῦτα       Ἐλεάζαρος ἀρχιερεὺς βασιλεῖ Πτολεμαέῳ φίλῳ
γνησίῳ χαίρειν.   αὐτός τε ἔρρωσο καὶ ἡ βασίλισσα Ἀρσινόη,
10 ἡ ἀδελφή, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι καὶ ὡς βουλόμεθα, καὶ
αὐτοὶ δὲ ὑγιαίνομεν.   λαβόντες τὴν παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστολὴν μεγάλως    42
ἐχάρημεν διὰ τὴν προαίρεσίν σου καὶ τὴν καλὴν βουλήν, καὶ συνα-
γαγόντες τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος παρανέγνωμεν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα εἰδῶσιν ἣν ἔχεις
πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν εὐσέβειαν.   ἐπεδείξαμεν δὲ καὶ τὰς διάλας ἃς
15 ἀπέστειλας, χρυσᾶς εἴκοσι καὶ ἀργυρᾶς τριάκοντα, κρατῆρας πέντε,
καὶ τράπεζαν εἱς ἀνάθεσιν, καὶ εἰς προσαγωγὴν θυσιῶν καὶ εἰς
ἐπισκευὰς ὧν ἂν δέηται τὸ ἱερὸν ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑκατόν, ἅπερ    43
ἐκόμισεν Ἀνδρέας τῶν τετιμημένων παρὰ σοὶ καὶ Ἀριστέας, ἄνδρες
καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντες καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀγωγῆς καὶ
20 δικαιοσύνης ἄξιοι κατὰ πάντα·   οἳ καὶ μετέδωκαν ἡμῖν τὰ παρὰ σοῦ,
πρὸς ἃ λαὶ παῤ ἡμῶν ἀκηκόασιν ἁρμόζοντα τοῖς σοῖς γράμμασι.
πάντα γὰρ ὅσα σοι συμφέρει, καὶ εἰ παρὰ φύσιν ἐστίν, ὑπακουσό-    44
μεθα·   τοῦτο γὰρ φιλίας καὶ ἀγαπήσεως σημεῖόν ἐστι.   μεγάλα γὰρ
καὶ σὺ καὶ ἀνεπίληστα τοὺς πολίτας ἡμῶν κατὰ πολλοὺς τρόπους

τουτων Jos Eus] τουτου Ar | τον αρχισωματοφυλακα B (αρχι sup lin

prima manu) TZ Jos txt Ar codd cett Eusi (των σωμ.º)    Αρισταιον Jos Z Jos Eus
Eusº (-εαν Eusi cum Ar codd) | κομιζοντες Z    γραφε BT Eus txt codd
cett et Josvid | αν B Eusº (εαν Eusi cum codd cett)    κεχαρ.] και χαρισαμενος
Ar codd κεχαρισμενος γαρ Eus    ταυτ. την επ.] ταυτα Eusº
ταδε Eusi (ουτωςº)    ει αυτος τε ερρωσαι Eus txt (cf 2 Macc 9201128)
Ar codd (-σαι Z)    12 συναγοντες K    13 ανεγνωμεν Gcorr vid Jos παρεγν.
IG*?B* + αυτην Eusº Jos    16 προαγωγην Z    17 προσδεηται Eus txt
Ar codd Jos    18 εκομιζον Ar codd -σεν Eusi (-ζεν cett) -σαν Jos | Ανδρεας]
ανδρες B | και] pr Ανδρεας Jos Eusº (-εαςi)    20 παρεδωκαν
B    21 γραμμασι] οραγμασι Eus    24 και συ BT (σοι G και σοι IZ cf
Jos τας σας ευεργεσιας)] om codd cett Eus | ανεπιληπτα A ] πολλους τροπους
Eus (cf Jos πολυμερως)] πολλοις HA πολυ K πολλους cett

εὐηργέτηκας.   εὐθέως οὖν προσηγάγομεν ὑπὲρ θυσίας καὶ τῆς    45
ἀδελφῆς καὶ τῶν τέκνων καὶ τῶ φίλων·   καὶ ηὔξατο πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος,
ἵνα σοι γένηται καθὼς προαιρῇ διὰ παντός, καὶ διασώζῃ σοι τὴν
βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ μετὰ δόξης ὁ κυριεύων ἁπάντων θεός, καὶ ὅπως
5 γένηταί σοι συμφερόντως καὶ μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἡ τοῦ ἁγίου νόμου
μεταγραφή.    παρόντων δὲ πάντων ἐπελέξαμεν ἄνδρας καλοὺς καὶ    46
ἀγαθοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, οὓς καὶ ἀπεστείλαμεν
ἔχοντας τὸν νόμον.   καλῶς οὖν ποιήσεις, βασιλεῦ δίκαιε, προστάξας,
ὡς ἂν ἡ μεταγραφὴ γένηται τῶν βιβλίων, ἵνα πάλιν ἀποκαταστα-
10 θῶσι πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀσφαλῶς οἱ ἄνδρες.   ἔρρωσο.   Εἰσὶ δὲ πρώτης   47 ¶Jos Eus
φυλῆς·   Ἰώσηφος Ἐζεκίας Ζαχαρίας Ἰωάννης Ἐζεκίας Ἐλισσαῖος.
δεθτέρας·   Ἰούδας Σίμων Σομόηλος Ἀδαῖος Ματταθίας Ἐσχλεμίας.
τρίτης·   Νεεμίας Ἰώσηφος Θεοδόσιος Βασέας Ὀρνίας Δάκις.
τετάρτης·   Ἰωνάθας Ἀβραῖος Ἐλισσαῖος Ἁνανίας Χαβρίας . . .    48
15 πέμπτης·   Ἴσακος Ἰάκωβος Ἰησοῦς Σαββαταῖος Σίμων Λευίς.
ἕκτης·   Ἰούδας Ἰώσηφος Σίμων Ζαχαρίας Σομόηλος Σελεμίας.
ἑβδόμης·   §Σαββαταῖος Σεδεκίας Ἰάκωβος Ἴσαχος Ἰησίας Νατθαῖος.    49 § C
ὀγδόης·   Θεοδόσιος Ἰάσων Ἰησοῦς Θεόδοτος Ἰωάννης Ἰωνάθας.
ἐνάτης·   Θεόφιλος Ἄβραμος Ἄρσαμος Ἰάσων Ἐνδεμίας Δανίηλος.
20 δεκάτης·   Ἰερεμίας Ἐλεάζαρος Ζαχαρίας Βανέας Ἐλισσαῖος Δαθαῖος.    50
ἑνδεκάτης·   Σαμούηλος Ἰώσηφος Ἰούδας Ἰωνάθης Χαβεῦ Δοσίθεος.
δωδεκάτης·   Ἰσάηλος Ἰωάννης Θεοδόσιος Ἄρσαμος Ἀβιήτης Ἐζε-
κῇλος.   οἱ πάντες ἑβδομήκοντα δύο.    Καὶ τὰ μὲν πρὸς τὴν    51
τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴν τοιαύτης ἐτύγχανεν ἀντιγραῆς  ὑπὸ
25 τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον.

om εν BT | κθριευοντωων απαντων BT      om σαι Eus      om δε

Eus | επελεξαμεν Jos] επιλεξαμην (sic) Eusεξελεξαμην Eusº επελεξαμεθα TZ Jos Eus
(απελ. BT om Z) Ar codd      απεσταλκαμεν Eus Josvid (πεπομφαμεν)
10 οι ανδρ. ασφ. K om ασφ. GI      11 Ιωσηπος ιεζεκιας B      12 Ματθιας
ΚΑ | Σεχλεμιας Bvid    13 Ιωσηπος B* vid | Βασαιασ T Βασβιας Z
14 Αζραιος B | post Χαβριας nomen excidit for Χελκιας (Epiphan. De
mens. et pond. 9 vers. Syr.) Wend.    15 Σαβατταιος I    16 Σιμων
Ιωσηφος HKA      17, 18 om Σedek.—Θεοδοσιος I om Σεδεκ.—Ιησους Αtxt
ins Amg om ΙσαχοςΝατθαιος C      17 Ιεισιας GZ | Ματθαιος HKA
18 Ιωναθαν B     19 Δανιλ TZ om C      20 Βαναιας BCTZ | Θαδδαιος Z
22 δωδεκατος C    24 επιβολην AGICT* (-βουλ. T1) | υπο] υπερ codd

§Ὡς δὲ ἐπηγγειλάμην καὶ τὰ τῶν κατασκευασμάτων διασαφῆσαι,

ποιήσω.   πολυτεχνίᾳ γὰρ διαφέροντα συνετελέσθη, τοῦ βασθκέως
πολλὴν ἐπίδοσιν ποιουμένου καὶ παῤ ἕκαστον ἐπιθεωροῦντος τοὺς
τεχωίτας.   διὸ παριδεῖν οὐδὲν ἡδύναντο οὐδὲ εἰκῇ συντελέσαι.
5 πρῶτον δέ σοι τὰ περὶ τῆς τραπέζης ἐξηγήσομαι.    Προεθυ-    52
μεῖτο μὲν οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὐπέροπλόν τι ποιῆσαι τοῖς μέτροις τὸ
κατασκεύασμα.   προσέταξε δὲ πυθέσθαι τῶν ἀνὰ τὸν τόπον, πηλίκη
τίς ἐστιν ἡ προοῦσα καὶ κειμένη κατά τὸ ἑερὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις.
ὡς δὲ ἀπεφήναντο τὰ μέτρα, προσεπηρώτησεν, εἰ κατασκευάσει    53
10 μείζονα.   τινὲς μὲν οὖν καὶ τῶ ἱερέων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔλεγον μηδέν
ἐπικωλύειν.   ὁ δέ εἶπε βούλεσθαι καὶ πεωταπλῆν τοῖς μεγέθεσι
ποιῆσαι, διστάζειν δὲ μήποτε ἄχρηστος γένηται πρὸς τὰς λειτουρ-
γίας. οὐ γὰρ αἱρεῖσθαι τὸ κεῖσθαι μόνον ἐν τῷ τόπῳ  τὰ  παῤ    54
αὐτοῦ, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον χάριν ἕξειν, ἐὰν τὰς καθηκούσας λειτουργίας
15 ἐπὶ τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κατεσκευασμένων οἷς καθῆκε ποιῶνται δεόντως.
οὐ γὒρ ἕνεκεν σπάνεως χρυσοῦ τὰ προσυντετελεσμένα βραχύμετρα    55
καθέστηκεν, ἀλλὰ φαίνεται πρός τινα λόγον, εἶπεν, οὕτως συνεστη-
κέναι τοῖς μέτροις.   ἔτι γὰρ ἐπιταγῆς οὔσης οὐθὲν ἂν ἐσπάνιζε·
διόπερ οὐ παραβατέον οὐδὲ ὑπερθετέον τὰ καλῶς ἔχοντα.   τῇ μὲν    56
20 οὖν ποικιλίᾳ τῶν τεχνῶν ἐκέλευσεν ὅτι μάλιστα χρήσασθαι, σεμνῶς
ἅπαντα διανοούμενος καὶ φύσιν ἔχων ἀγαθὴν εἰς τὸ συνιδεῖν πραγ-
μάτων ἔμφασιν.   ὅσα δ᾿ ἂν ᾖ ἄγραφα, πρὸς καλλονὴν ἐκέλευσε
ποιεῖν·   ὅσα δὲ διὰ γραπτῶν, μέτρα αὐτοῖς κατακολουθῆσαι.
 γὰρ  ,   δὲ     57
25 συνετέλουν,  στερεὰν πάντοθεν τὴν ποίησιν ἐργα-

24 Ex 2522 ff

των] pr κατα GIC | επισκευασματων  B  σκευασμ.  B    om ποιησω

BU      επιθεωρουντας CTZ    ουδεν] ουδε B      om ουν C      7 om CTZ Jos
δε Z      11 κωλυειν BCTZ Jos | βουλεσθαι—δε 12 om BCTZ      12 μηποτε]
μητε GI      13 τα ins Schmidt      14 καταθηκουσας GI      16 ενεκα
B | προσσυν. A* (προσυν. Acorrπροτετ. B (συν suprascr pr man)      18 ετι γαρ
επιταγης bene conj Mend. cf § 103] οιδα γαρ ως δαψιλους της υλης αυτοις
ετι γαρ επι τα (τας CT*Z) της codd cett | αν om H supra lin Z    22 εγγραφα
K      24 πηχεων] pr και ημισους Jos qui et post μηκος add (ex LXX.
vid) ενος δε το ευρος

σάμενοι, λέγω δὲ οὐ περί τι περιεπτυγμένου τοῦ χρυσοῦ, τὸν δὲ
ἐλασμὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιδεδέσθαι.     δὲ ἐποίησαν      58
 · τὰ δὲ  ,  τὴ ἀναγλυφὴν ἔχοντα σχοινί-
δων ἔκτυπον, τῇ τορείᾳ θαυμαστῶς ἔχουσαν ἐκ τῶν τριῶν μερῶν˙
5 ἦν γὰρ τριγωνία.   καὶ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον μέρος ἡ διατύπωσις τῆς ἐωεργείας    59
τὴν αὐτὴν διάθεσιν εἶχεν, ὥστε, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν μέρος στρέφοιτο, τὴν
πρόσοψιν εἶναι τὴν αὐτήν,   κειμένου δὲ κατὰ τῆς στεφάνης τὸ μὲν
εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν τράπεζαν ¶ ἀπόκλιμα τὴν διατύπωσιν ἔχειν τῆς ὡραιό-  ¶ H
τητος, τὸ δὲ ἐκτὸς κλίμα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ προσάγοντος εἶναι θεωρίαν.
10 διὸ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ὀξεῖαν εἶναι τῶν δύο κλιμάτων συνέβαινε, μετέωρον    60
ἐπικειμένη, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, τριγώνου κατεσκευασμένου, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν
μέρος στρέφοιτο. λίθων τε πολυτελῶν ἐν αὐτῷ διαθέσεις ὑπῆρχον
ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν σχοινίδων·   ἕτερος παρὰ ἕτερον πλοκὴν εἶχον ἀμί-
μητον τῇ ποιήσει.   πάντες δ᾿ ἦσαν διὰ τρημάτων κατειλημμένοι    61
15 χρυσαῖς περόναις πρὸς τὴν ἀσφάλειαν.   ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν γωνιῶν αἱ
κατακλεῖδες συνέσφιγγον πρὸς τὴν συνοχήν.   ἐκ πλαγ͗ων δὲ κατὰ    62
τὴν στεφάνην κυκλόθεν τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἄνω πρόσπψιν ᾠοθεσία κατε-
σκεύαστο διάλιθος,  ἐκτύπωσιν ἔχουσα προσοχῆς  συνεχέσιν ἀνα-
γλυφαῖς ῥαβδωταῖς, πυκνὴν ἐχούσαις τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα θέσιν περὶ
20 ὅλην τὴν τράπεζαν.   ὑπὸ τὴν ἐκτύπωσιν τῶν λίθων τῆς    63
ᾠοθεσίας, στέφανον ἐποίησαν οἱ τεχωῖται πάγκαρπον, ἐν ὑπεροχῇ
προδήλως ἔχοντα βοτρύων καὶ σταχύων, ἔτι δὲ φοινίκων καὶ μήλων
ἐλαίας τε καὶ ῥοῶν καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων.   τοὺς δὲ λίθους ἐργασά-
μενοι πρὸς τὴν τῶν προειρημένων καρπῶν διατύπωσιν, ἔχοντας

χρυσου] ad hoc Acorr in mg add ου κατα τι μερος της τραπεζης

συνεσταλμενου του χρυσου και ουχ ορωμενου·   αλλα δια παντων CTZ Jos
επιλαμποντος·   και κατα τας σωματικας διαστασεις τηοι
κατα βαθος και κατα μηκος και κατα πλατος ομοιως εχοντος·    στερεα
γαρ ην δι ολου του σχηματος.   το δε ειδος ως φησιν Θεοδωριτος (-ρητ. L)
τριγωνος κατα λογον αναγωγης υψηλοτερας και θειοτερας. Haec verba
L textui inseruit      3, 4 σχοινιδῶν GIBT* ?σχοινιδον HKAC -ηδον
T1 ?Z (σχοινοειδη Jos)    εκτυπον T1 ? εκτοπον cett      τριγωνα
Wend. (cf Jos)    κειμενου δε κατα] κειμενης δε και B    11 κειμενην
BCTZ    12 εν αυτω] εν εαυτω GICZ εαυτω T    13 σχοινιδῶν (-ηδ. Z) codd
16 κατακλειδαι C | συνεσφιγγον KA] + δε cett    18 εκτυπωσιν B]
εκτυπων (εκ τυπων GI) cett | Fort legendum προοχης (conj Schmidt) |
συνοχεσιν GIBC      19 εχουσας CZ      22 δε] + και A

ἑκάστου γένους τὴν χρόαν, ἀνέδησαν τῷ χρυσίῳ κύκλῳ περὶ ὅλην
τὴμ τῆς τραπέζης κατασκευὴν κατὰ κρόταφον.   μετὰ δὲ τὴ τοῦ    64
στεφάνου διάθεσιν, ὁμοίως κατά τὴν τῆς ᾠοθεσίας διασκευὴν κατε-
σκεύαστο, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς ῥαβδώσεως καὶ διαγλυφῆς  διὰ τὸ
5 κατ᾿ ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη τὴν τράπεζαν πρὸς τὴν χρῆσιν πεποιῆσθαι,
καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν μέρος αἴρωνται, ὥστε καὶ τὴν τῶν κυμάτων θέσιν καὶ τὴν
τῆς στεφάνης εἶναι κατὰ τὸ τῶν ποδῶν μέρος.   ἔλασμα γὰρ ἐποίη-    65
σαν καθ᾿ ὅλου τοῦ πλάτους τῆς τραπέζης στερεὸν δακτύλων τεσσάρων,
ὥστε τοὺς πόδας ἐνίεσθαι εἰς τοῦτο, περόνας  σὺν  κατακλεῖσιν
10 ἔχοντασ ἐσφίγχθαι κατὰ τὴν στεφάνην, ἵνα, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν αἴρωνται
μέρος, ἡ χρῆσις ᾖ·   τοῦτο δὲ κατὰ ἐπιφάνειαν θεωρεῖται ἀμφοτε-
ροδεξίου τῆς κατασκευῆς οὔσης.   ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς τραπέζης    66
μαίανδρον ἔκτυπον ἐποίησαν, ἐν ὑπεροχῇ λίθους ἔχοντα κατὰ μέσον
πολυτελεῖς τῶν  πολυειδῶν,  ἀνθράκων τε καὶ σμαράγδων, ἔτι δὲ
15 ὄνυχος καὶ τῶν ἄλλων γενῶν τῶν διαφερόντων ἐν ὡραιότητι.
μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ μαιάνδρου διάθεσιν ἐπέκειτο σχιστὴ πλοκή,    67
θαυμασίως ἔχουσα, ῥομβωτὴν ἀποτελοῦσα τὴν ἀνὰ μέσον θεωρίαν·
ἐφ᾿ ᾗ κρυστάλλου λίθος καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἤλεκτρον ἐντετύπωτο,
ἀμίμητον θεωρίαν ἀποτελοῦν τοῖς θεωροῦσι    τοὺς δὲ πόδας ἐποίησαν    68
20 τὰς κεφαλίδας ἔχοντας κρινωτάς, ἀνάκλασιν κρύνων ὑπὸ τὴν τράπεζαν
λαμβανόντων, τὰ δὲ τῆς ἐντὸς προσόψεως ὀρθὴν ἔχοντα τὴν πετά-
λωσιν.   ἡ δὲ ἐπ᾿ ἐδάφους ἔρεισις τοῦ ποδὸς ἄνθρακος λίθου πάν-    69
τοθεν παλιστιαία, κρηπῖδος ἔχουσα τάξιν κατὰ τὴν πρόσοψιν, ὀκτὼ
δὲ δακτύλων τὸ πλάτος ἔχουσα· ἐφ᾿ ὃν ἐπίκειται τὸ πᾶν ἔλασμα
25 τοῦ ποδός.   κατεσκεύασαν δὲ ἐκφύοντα κισσὸν ἀκάνθῳ πλεκόμενον    70
ἐκ τοῦ λίθου, σὺν ἀμπέλῳ περιειλούμενον κυκλόθεν τῷ ποδὶ σὺν

1, 2 ολην την] ολην T την ολην C      κατα] pr  κατω τα  Wend.

διασκευην] κατασκευην KBCTZ + η codd omn      δια το] και codd ωστε    TZ Jos
Wend. et om in lin 6      προς την χρ. την τρ. I      ωστε—θεσιν om
BT | θεσιν ] + πεποιησθαι καθ ο αν μερος CZ      στερεων T      περονας
14 πολυειδων ex Jos (λιθους . . . αξιολογους ωσπερ αστερας ποικιλης )
ιδεας) conj Lumbroso] πθλιαδων codd      16 σχιστη] κτιστη B
18 om ηλεκτρον C |εντετυπωτο Jos B1ενετυπ. KAGIB* ενετετυπ.
ετετυπωτο C      21 ορθην] αρκουντως T      23 παλαισταιου BCTZ
24 ον] ων C      25 κατεσκευασαν corr Wend. -σεν GIC -σε cett | ακανθη BT
26 περιειλημενον G

τοῖς βότρυσιν, οἳ λιθουργεῖς ἦσαν, μέχρι τῆς κεφαλῆς. ἡ δ᾿
αὐτὴ διάθεσις ἦν τῶν τεσσάρων [ποδῶν, πάντα ἐνεργῶς πεποιη-
μένα καὶ προσηγμένα, τῆς ἐμπειρίας καὶ τέχνης τὰς ὑπεροχὰς
ἀπαραλλάκτως ἔχοντα πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὥστε καὶ ῥιπίζοντος τοῦ
5 κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα πνεύματος κίνησιν ἐπιδέχεσθαι τὴν τῶν φύλλων
θέσιν, πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας διάθεσιν τετυπωμένων ἁπάντων.
ἐποίησαν δὲ τριμερὲς τὸ στόμα τῆς τραπέζης, οἱονεὶ τρίπτυχον,    71
πελεκίνοις συναρμοζόμενα γομφωτοῖς πρὸς ἑαυτὰ κατὰ τὸ πάχος τῆς
κατασκευῆς, ἀθέατον καὶ ἀνεύρετον τὴν τῶν ἁρμῶν κατασκευάσαντες
10 συμβολήν.   ἡμιπηχίου δὲ οὐκ ἐλάσσονος ἦν τὸ πάχος τῆς ὅλης
τραπέζης, ὥστε πολλῶν εἶναι ταλάντων τὴν ὅλην διασκευήν.   ἐπεὶ    72
γὰρ οὐ προῄρητο τοῖς μεγέθεσιν οὐδὲν προσθεῖναι ὁ βασιλεύς, ὅσον
ἔδει δαπανηθῆναι κατασκευαζομένων μειζόνων, ταῦτα ἀποδέδωκε
πλείονα·   καὶ κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐπετελέσθη
15 θαυμασίως καὶ ἀξιολόγως ἔχοντα, καὶ ταῖς τέχναις ἀμίμητα, καὶ τῇ
καλλονῇ διαπρεπῆ.   Τῶν δὲ κρατήρων δύο μὲν ἦσαν  χρυσ οῖ     73
τῇ κατασκευῇ, φολιδωτὴν ἔχοντες ἀπὸ τῆς βάσεως μέχρι τοῦ μέσου    ¶ C
τὴν διασκευὴν τῇ τορείᾳ, καὶ τὴν τῶν λίθων ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν φολίδων
σύνδεσιν πολυτέχνως ἔχοντες.   εἶτα μαίανδρος ἐπέκειτο πηχυαῖος    74
20 ὕψει, τὴν δ᾿ ἐκτύπωσιν ἐνυπῆρχε διὰ λιθώσεως ποικίλης, ἐμφαίνων
σὺν ὡραιότητι τὸ τῆς τέχνης φιλόπονον.   ἐπὶ δὲ τούτου ῥάβδωσις,
ἐφ᾿ ᾗ διαπλοκὴ ῥόμβων, δικτυωτὴν ἔχουσα τὴν πρόσοψιν ἕως ἐπὶ τὸ
στόμα.   τὸ δ᾿ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀσπιδίσκοι λίθων ἑτέρων παῤ ἑτέροις, τοῖς    75
γένεσι παραλλαγὴν ἐχόντων, τετραδακτύλων οὐκ ἔλαττον, ἀνεπλή-
25 ρουν τὸ τῆς καλλονῆς ἐναργές.   ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς στεφάνης τοῦ στόματος
κρίνων τύπωσις σὺν ἀνθεμίσι καὶ βοτρύων σχοινιαὶ διάπλοκοι
διετυποῦντο κυκλόθεν.   οἱ μὲν οὖν διὰ τοῦ χρυσοῦ τοιαύτην εἶχον    76
τὴν κατασκευήν, χωροῦντες ὑπὲρ δύο μετρητάς·   οἱ δ᾿ ἀργυροῖ λείαν

οι] ο GI      εναργως BZ      προηγμενα Wend.    στομα]

σχημα Jos      συναρμοζομενον KA      αθετον codd txt ex Jos (αορατον) TZ Jos
10 ημιπηχοαιου B | ην KB] η cett    12 προειρητο GCTZ | οσων CTZ      13 om
μειζνονων C | απεδωκε Wend. cf autem § 173      14 απετελεσθη BCT
15 την τεχνην C      16 χρυσοι (om codd) ex Jos (χρυσεοι) supplevi
17, 18 απο της βασ.—τορεια και om BTZ      18 πορεια G      19 συνθεσιν
GI      25 ενεργες      26 σχοινιω codd txt ex Jos conj Schmidt      28 λιαν
GIZT* fort

εἶχον τὴν διασκευήν, ἔνοπτρον δὴ γεγονυῖαν πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο θαυμα-
σίως ἔχουσαν, ὥστε πᾶν τὸ προσαχθὲν ἀπαυγάζεσθαι σαφέστερον
μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοῖς κατόπτροις.   οὐκ ἐφικτὸν δ᾿ ἐστὶν ἐξηγήσασθαι    77
τὰ προσυντελεσθέντα πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἔμφασιν.   ὡς γὰρ
5 ἐπετελέσθη, τεθέντων τῶν κατασκευασμάτων ἑτέρου παῤ ἕτερον—
λέγω δὲ πρῶτον ἀργυροῦ κρατῆρος, εἶτα χρυσοῦ, πάλιν ἀργυροῦ καὶ
χρυσοῦ—παντελῶς ἀνεξήγητος ἐγένετο τῆς προσόψεως ἡ διάθεσις,
καὶ τῶν πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν προσιόντων οὐ δυναμένων ἀφίστασθαι διὰ
τὴν περιαύγειαν καὶ τὸ τῆς ὄψεως τερπονόν.   ποικίλη γὰρ ἦν ἡ τῆς    78
10 ἐπιφανείας ἐνέργεια.   προσορώντων γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν τοῦ χρυσίου
κατασκευήν, ψυχαγωγία τις ἦν μετὰ θαυμασμοῦ, συνεχῶς ἐφ᾿ ἕκαστον
ἐπιβαλλούσης τῆς διανοίας τεχνίτευμα.   καὶ πάλιν ὅτε πρὸς τὴν
τῶν ἀργυρῶν προσβλέψαι τις θέσιν ἤθελεν, ἀπέλαμπε τὰ πάντα
κυκλόθεν, ὡς ἄν τις ἕστηκε, καὶ διάχυσιν ἐποίει μείζονα τοῖς θεω-
15 μένοις·   ὥστε παντελῶς ἀνεξήγητον εἶναι τῶν ἐνηργημένων τὴν
πολυτεχνίαν.      Τὰς δὲ χρυσᾶς φιάλας διετόρευσαν στεφάνοις    79
ἀμπέλου κατὰ μέσον, περὶ δὲ τὰ χείλη κισσοῦ τε καὶ μυρσίνης ἔτι
δ᾿ ἐλαίας ἀνέπλεξαν στέφανον ἔκτυπον, πολυτελεῖς ἐνέντες λίθους·
καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς δὲ τορείας διηλλαγμένως ἐπετέλεσαν, ἅπαντα φιλοτι-
20 μηθέντες εἰς ὑπεροχὴν δόξης τοῦ βασιλέως ποιῆσαι.   καθόλου γὰρ    80
οὔτ᾿ ἐν τοῖς βασιλικοῖς ὑπῆρχε ῥισκοφυλακίοις τοιαύτη κατασκευὴ
τῇ πολυτελείᾳ καὶ τεχνουργίᾳ, οὔτ᾿ ἔν τινι ἄλλῳ.   πρόνοιαν γὰρ οὐ
μικρὰν ἐποιεῖτο ὁ βασιλεύς, φιλοδοξῶν εἰς τὰ καλῶς ἔχοντα.
πολλάκις γὰρ τὸν δημόσιον χρηματισμὸν παρίει, τοῖς δὲ τεχνίταις    81
25 παρήδρευεν ἐπιμελῶς, ἵνα καθηκόντως τῷ τόπῳ συντελέσωσιν, εἰς
ὃν ἀπεστέλλετο τὰ τῶν ἔργων.   διὸ πὰντα σεμνῶς ἐγεγόνει, καὶ    ¶ Jos
καταξίως τοῦ τε ἀποστέλλοντος βασιλέως καὶ τοῦ προστατοῦντος
ἀρχιερέως τοῦ τόπου.   καὶ γὰρ τὸ τῶν λίθων πλῆθος ἄφθονον, καὶ    82

δη] δε TZ om BC      προσαχεν GI προσταχθεν Z      προσσυντ. B

4, 5 προς την—τεθεντων om Ttxt (insmg) Z      προτερον Z Jos
13 προσβλεψεται T επιβλεψεται B      13, 14 θεσιν—ως αν τις om BTZ
14 εστηκη Wend.      18 ενιεντες BTZ      19 τορειας KAcorrπορειας cett |
διηλλαγμενας Β      22 και τεχν.] της τεχνοργιας B      23 εποιει KAGI
24 παριει TZ] παρηει cett      25 επιτελεσωσιν Β*

μεγάλοι τοῖς μεγέθεσιν, οὐκ ἔλαττον πεντακισχιλίων· καὶ ταῖς τέχωαις
κρατιστεύοντα πάντα, ὧστε πενταπλασίως τοῦ χρυσοῦ τιμιωτέραν
εἶναι τὴν τῶν λίθων δόσιν καὶ τὴν τῶν τεχνῶν ἐνέργειαν.
Ὑπολαμβάνων οὖν καὶ τούτων τὴν ἀναγραφὴν ἀναγκαίαν εἶναι,    83
5 δεδήλωκά σοι.   τὰ δ᾿ ἑξῆς περιέχει τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον ὁδὸν
ἡμῖν γενομένην· τὴν δὲ θέσιν τῆς ὅλης χώρας πρῶτον δηλώσω.
Ὡς γὰρ παρεγενήθημεν ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους, ἐθεωροῦμεν τὴν πόλιν μέσην
κειμένην τῆς ὅλης Ἰουδαίων ἐπ᾿ ὄρους ὑψηλὴν ἔχοντος τὴν ἀνάτασιν.
ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς κορυφῆς κατεσκεύαστο τὸ ἱερὸν ἐκπρεπῶς ἔχον·   καὶ οἱ    84
   10 περίβολοι τρεῖς, ὑπέρ ἑβδομήκοντα δὲ πήχεις τῷ μεγέθει, καὶ τὸ
πλάτος ἀκόλουθον καὶ τὸ μῆκος τῆς κατὰ τὸν οἶκον διασκευῆς
ὑπῆρχε, μεγαλομοιρίᾳ καὶ χορηγίᾳ κατὰ πάντα ὑπερβαλλούσῃ
διῳκοδομημένων ἁπάντων.   καὶ τοῦ θυρώματος δὲ καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸ    85
συνδέσμων κατὰ τὰς φλιὰς καὶ τῆς τῶν ὑπερθύρων ἀσφαλείας
15 ἔκδηλος ἦν ἡ τῶν χρημάτων γεγονυῖα ἀφειδὴς δαπάνη.   τοῦ τε    86
καταπετάσματος ἡ διατύπωσις θυρώσει κατὰ πᾶν ὁμοιοτάτη ὑπῆρχε·
καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ὑποδρομὴν ἀδιάλειπτον κίνησιν
λαμβανούσης τῆς διφῆς, διὰ τὸ ἀπ᾿ ἐδάφους γινομένης τῆς ὑποδρο-
μῆς κατατείνειν τὴν κόλπωσιν μέχρι τῆς ἄνω διατάσεως, ἡδεῖάν
20 τινα καὶ δυσαπάλλακτον τὴν θεωρίαν ἔχοντος τοῦ πράγματος.
Ἥ τε τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου κατασκευὴ συμμέτρως ἔχουσαν πρὸς τὸν    87
τόπον καὶ τὰ θύματα διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐξαναλούμενα τὴν διοικοδομὴν
εἶχε, τῆς δ᾿ ἀναβάσεως τῆς πρὸς αὐτό, πρὸς τὴν εὐκοσμίαν ἔχοντος
τοῦ τόπου καθηκόντως τὸ κλίμα τῶν λειτουργούντων ἱερέων κεκα-

μεγαλοις GI | ελαττον] + των KA    ημιν οδον B    δηλωσον GIZ -σαι K KAGIBTZ

επι του τοπου BT¹ επι του και τοπους GI et sic cett sed cum lacuna

post του et ς̀  (+ τους LD) τοπους. Txt ex papyris confirmatur

Ιουδαιων KAGI] Ιουδαιας cett | ψιλην K | αναστασιν GI    ευπρεπως BT
12 υπερβαλλ. B] υπερβαλουση Acorr περιβαλουση cett    13 και 1º] κακ
conj Schmidt    16 θυρωσι GI -σιν Z    17 αδιαληπτον KGIZ    18 απ] επ B |
γενμ. BTZ    19 κατα codd κατατεινειν conj Schmidt    20 εχειν ex εχοντος T* vid
21 om κατασκευη T* (ins T¹) Z | συμμετρον εχουσα codd txt ex corr Mend.
24 λειτουργουντων corr Mend.] λειτουργων (-γιων BT) των codd

λυμμένων μέχρι τῶν σφυρῶν .   §  Ὁ δὲ οἶκος βλέ-    88 § Eus
πει πρὸς ἔω, τὰ δ᾿ ὀπίσθια αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἑσπέραν·   τὸ δὲ πᾶν ἔδαφος
λιθόστρωτον καθέστηκε καὶ κλίματα πρὸς τοὺς κατήκοντας τόπους
ἔχει τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπιφορᾶς ἕνεκεν, ἣ γίνεται διὰ τὴν σμῆξιν τῶν
5 ἀπὸ τῶν θυσιῶν αἱμάτων.   πολλαὶ γὰρ μυριάδεσ κτηνῶν προσά-
γονται κατὰ τὰς τῶν ἑορτῶν ἡμέρας. ὕδατος δέ ἀνέκλειπτός ἐστι    89
σύστασις, ὡς ἂν καὶ πηγῆς ἔσωθεν πολυρρύτου φυσικῶς ἐπιρρεούσης,
ἔτι δὲ θαυμασίων καὶ ἀδιήγητων ὐποδοχείων ὑπαρχόντων ὑπὸ γῆν,
καθὼς ἀπέφαινον πέντε σταδίων κυκλόθεν τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἱερὸν κατα-
10 βολῆς καὶ ἑκάστου τούτων σύριγγας ἀναρίθμους, καθ᾿ ἕκαστον
μέρος ἑαυτὰ συναπτόντων τῶν ῥευμάτων·   καὶ πάντα ταῦτα μεμο-    90
λιβῶσθαι κατ᾿ ἐδάφους καὶ τοῦ τοίχου·   ἐπὶ δὲ τούτων κεχύσθαι
πολύ τι πλῆθος κονιάσεως, ἐνεργῶς γεγενημένων ἁπάντων·   εἶναι    ¶ Eus
δὲ πυκνὰ τὰ στόματα πρὸς τὴν βάσιν, ἀοράτων ἔχοντα τοῖς πᾶσι
15 πλὴν αὐτοῖς οἷς ἐστιν ἡ λειτουργία, ὡς ῥοπῇ καὶ νεύματι πάντα
καθαρίζεσθαι τὰ συναγόμενα παμπληθῆ τῶν θυμάτων αἵματα.
πεπεισμένος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν τῶν ὑποδοχείων κατασκεὴν δηλώσω    91
καθὼς ἐπιστώθην.   προήγαγον γὰρ πλέον σταδίων τεσσάρων ἐκ τῆς
πόλεως, καὶ πρός τινα τόπον ἐκέλευσαν κατακύψαντα συνακοῦσαι
20 τοῦ γινομένου ψόφου τῆς ἀπαντήσεως τῶν ὑδάτων·   ὥστε συμφανές
μοι γεγονέναι τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἀγγείων, καθὼς δεδήλωται.
Τῶν δὲ ἱερέων ἡ λειτουργία κατὰ πᾶν ἀνυπέρβλτός ἐστι τῇ ῥώμῃ    92
καὶ τῇ τῆς εὐκοσμίας καὶ σιγῆς διαθέσει. πάντεσ γὰρ αὐτοκελεύ-
στως διαπονοῦσι πολλῆς γινομένης κακοπαθείας, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τὸ
25 διατεταγμένον μέλει. καὶ ἀδιαλείπτως ὑπηρετοῦσιν, οἱ μὲν τὴν
ξυλείαν, οἱ δὲ ἔλαιον, οἱ δὲ σεμίδαλιν, οἱ δὲ τὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων, ἕτεροι

Ex 3635 (cf 2839)
αποβλεπει Eus    ηω Eus    επιφορας] επιρροης Eus    ανεπιληπτος KAGIBTZ
B txt Eus (-λιπ.º) KT ανεκληπτος cett    επεφαινον Eus    10 εκαστου] εκ Eus
Eus    11 εαυτας Ar codd Eusio (-ταις Eusal txt Schmidt | ταυτα παντα Eus |
μεμολιβουσθαι Ar codd txt Eusio B1    12 τους τοιχους Eusº (των -ων Eusi) |
πολυ τι πλην. κεχ. K    13 om τι Eus | κονιας εως Ar codd Eusº | ενεργων Z
15 ριπη Tcorr | ρευματι B    16 παμπληθει KABcorr    17 πεπεισμενοις
(-νως A) et αυτοις codd corr Schmidt    19 εκελευσαν B] εκελευσε
(-σεν GI) cett    25 μελλει GIBTZ    26 ετερος G

τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ὁλοκαυτοῦντεσ, ἰσχύι διαφερόντως συγχρώμενοι·  
διαλαβόντες γὰρ ἀμφοτέραις τῶν μόσχων τὰ σκέλη, πλεῖον ὄντα    93
ταλάντων δύο σχεδὸν ἑκάστου, ἀναρρίπτουσιν ἑκατέραις θαυμασίως
ὕψος ἱκανὸν καὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτάνουσι τῆς ἐπιθέσεως.   ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ
5 τῶν προβάτων ἔτι δ᾿ αἰγῶν τοῖς βάρεσι καὶ πιμελῇ θαυμασίως ἔχει.
κατὰ πᾶν γὰρ ἐκλεγομένων οἷς ἐπιμελές ἐστιν ἀμώμητα καὶ τῇ
παχύτητι διαφέροντα, τὸ προειρημένον ἐπιτελεῖται.   πρὸς δὲ τὴν    94
ἀνάπαυσιν τόπος αὐτοῖς ἐστὶν ἀποτεταγμένος, οὗ καθίζουσιν οἱ
διαναπαυόμενοι.   τούτου δὲ γινομένου, τῶν διαλελοιπότων ἐγείρονται
10 πρόθυμοι, οὐδενὸς ἐπιτάσσοντος τὰ τῆς λειτουργίας. ἥ τε πᾶσα    95
σιγὴ καθέστηκεν, ὥστε ὑπολαμβάνειν, μηθ᾿ ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐν τῷ
τόπῳ παρεῖναι, πρὸς τοὺς ἑπτακοσίους παρόντων τῶν λειτουργῶν
καὶ τῶν προσαγόντων δὲ τὰ θύματα πολύ τι πλῆθοςἀλλὰ φόβῳ
καὶ καταξίως μεγάλης θειότητος ἅπαντ᾿ ἐπιτελεῖται.   Μεγύλην    96
15 δὲ ἔκπληξιν ἡμῖν παρέσχεν, ὡς ἐθεασάμεθα τὸν Ἐλεάζαπρον ἐν τῇ
λειτουργίᾳ τά τε το̰ στολισμοῦ καὶ τῆς δόξης, ἣ συνίσταται διὰ
τὴν ἔνδυσιν σὗ φορεῖ  καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν λίθων·   
γὰρ    περὶ τὸν    εἰσὶν αὐτοῦ, μέλους ἦχον ἀνιέντες
ἰδιάζοντα·   παρ᾿ ἐκάτερον δὲ τούτων    πεποικιλμένοι  ,
20 τῇ χρόᾳ θαυμασίως ἔχοντες.   κατέζωστο δὲ διαφόρῳ    δια-    97
πρεπεῖ, διυφασμένῃ καλλίστοις χρώμασιν.     δὲ  
φορεῖ τὸ λεγόμενον  ἐν ᾧ συνεσφιγμένοι  ,
διαλλάσσοντες τοῖς γένεσι, χρυσῷ κεκολλημένοι,   τῶν φυλὰρ-
χων   κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διάταξιν γενηθεῖσαν, ἀπαυγά-
25 ζοντεσ ἕκαστος ἀνεξήγητον τῆς ἰδιότητος τὴν φυσικὴν χρόαν.   ἐπὶ    98
δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχει τὴν λεγομένην  ,  ἐπὶ δὲ ταύτης τὴν
ἀμίμητον  ,  τὸ καθηγιασμένον βασίλειον    ἐπὶ

17 ff Ex 284,27-31             20 ib35             21 ff ib15-23
26 ff ib32 ff

χρωμενοι A         πλειων BT           ταλ. δυο] ταλαντου B           υψος]

pr εις BT | ετιθεσ.] επιθυμιας Z (-εσεως sup ras in T)            προβ.] πραγμα-
των Ztxt (προβ. Zmg) | βαρέσι codd          οις τι πιμελες εστιν B                om
αυτοις ΒΤ            11 ωστε υπολαμβανειν conj Schmidt] ως τυπον λαμβανειν
codd | εν] επι A           12 τας επτακοσιας Z          16 η] ης BTZ | συνιστατο KA
19 τουτον K           21 διυφασμενοι K          27 εκτυπον GI (-πων Z)

  γράμμασιν ἁγίοις ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ, κατὰ μέσον τῶν
ὀφρύων, δόξῃ πεπληρωμένον, ὁ κριθεὶς ἄξιος τούτων ἐν ταῖς λει-
τουργίαις.   ἡ δὲ συμφάνεια τούτων ἐμποιεῖ φόβον καὶ ταραχήν,    99
ὥστε νομίζειν εἰς ἕτερον ἐληλυθέναι ἐκτὸς τοῦ κόσμου·   καὶ διαβε-
5 βαιοῦμαι, πάντα ἄνθρωπον προσελθόντα τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῶν προειρη-
μένων εἰς ἔκπληξιν ἥξειν καὶ θαυμασμὸν ἀδιήγητον, μετατραπέντα
τῇ διανοίᾳ διὰ τὴν περὶ ἕκαστον ἁγίαν κατασκευήν.      Πρὸς    100
γὰρ τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν ἁπάντῶν ἐπὶ τὴν παρακειμένην ἄκραν τῆς πόλεως
ἀναβάντες ἐθεωροῦμεν·   ἣ κεῖται μὲν ἐν ὑψηλοτάτῳ τόπῳ, πύργοις
10 ἐξησφαλισμένη πλείοσι, μέχρι κορυφῆς εὐμήκεσι λίθοις ἀνῳκοδομη-
μένων αὐτῶν, ὡς μεταλαμβάνομεν, πρὸς φυλακὴν τῶν περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν
τόπων·   ἵνα, ἐὰν ἐπίθεσίς τις ἢ νεωτερισμὸς ἢ πολεμίων ἔφοδος    101
γένηται, μηθεὶς δύνηται ὁδον εἰς τοὺς περιβόλους ποιήσασθαι τοὺς
περὶ τὸν οἶκον·   ἐπικειμένων καὶ ὀξυβελῶν ἐπὶ τῶν πύργων τῆς
15 ἄκρας καὶ ὀργάνων ποικίλων, καὶ τοῦ τόπου κατὰ κορυφὴν ὄντος τῶν
προειρημένων περιβόλων, ὡσανεὶ φυλασσομένων τῶν πύργων ὑπὸ    102
τῶν πιστοτάτων ἀνδρῶν καῚ τῇ πατρίδι μεγάλας ἀποδείξεις δεδωκό-
τῶν·   οἵτινες οὐκ εἶχον ἐξουσίαν ἐξιέωαι τῆν ἄκρας, εἰ μὴ ταῖς
ἑορταῖς, καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ μέρους, οὐδὲ εἰσοδεύειν εἴων οὐδένα.   μετὰ    103
20 ἀκριβείας δὲ πολλῆς εἶχον, εἰ καὶ τις ἐπιταγὴ γένοιτο διὰ τοῦ
προκαθηγουμένου πρὸς θεωρίαν  εἰςδέξασθαί τινας·   οἷον καὶ καθ᾿
ἠμᾶς ἐγεγόνει.   μόλις γὰρ ἀνόπλους ὄντας ἡμᾶς δύο παρεδέξαντο
πρὸς τὸ κατανοῆσαι τὰ τῶν θυσιῶν. ἔλεγον δὲ καὶ δι ὅρκων πεπι-    104
στῶσθαι τὸ τοιοῦτον·   τοὺς γὰρ πάντας ὀμωμοκέναι, κατ᾿ ἀνάγκην
25 επιτελουμενους  θείως τὸ κατὰ τὸν ὁρισμὸν πρᾶγμα, ὄντας πεντα-
κοσίους μὴ παραδέξασθαι πλεῖον ἀνθρώπων πέντε κατὰ τὸ αὐτό·
τοῦ γὰρ ἱεροῦ τὴν πᾶσαν εἶναι φυλακὴν τὴν ἄκραν·   καὶ τὸν κατα-
βαλλόμενον αὐτὴν τὴν προφυλακὴν τῶν εἰρημένων οὕτως ἠσφαλί-

κατα] + το    BTZ             δοξης   BT   |    post  πεπληρ.  for   excidit

aliquid    εμφανεια IZ  | ποιει B  |  φοβον] φημην   Z     εισελ. A  |
διαβεβαιουται B    ηκειν BT | ανεκδιηγ.   BT    11 ως μεταλαμβανωσι
προφυλακης B    12 τις η η και νεωτ.   BT  (τις η και ν. Z)    13 δυνηται B]
δυναται cett    19 εις μερος   BT εις μερους    Zvid       21 προκαθημενου    B*T*
txt    B1T1  cett    25 επιτελουμενου  codd   (τελουμενους Zmg)   | του B |   ορκισμον
conj Mend. | πραγματος  B

σθαι.      Τῆς δὲ πόλεώς ἐστι τὸ χύμα συμμέτρως ἔχον, οἷον τεσσα-    105
ράκοντα σταδίων ὄντος τοῦ περιβόλου, καθόσον εἰκάσαι δυνατόν.
ἔχει δὲ τὴν τῶν πύργων θέσιν θεατροειδῆ, καὶ φαινομένων διόδων—
τῶν ὑποκειμένων, τῶν δ᾿ ἐπάνωθενεἰθισμένως,   καὶ τὰς διὰ τούτων
5 διεξόδους.   ἀνάκλασιν γὰρ ἔχει τὰ τῶν τόπων, ὡς ἂν ἐπ᾿ ὄρους τῆς
πόλεως ᾠκοδομημένης.   εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ διαβάθραι πρὸς τὰς διόδους.   οἱ    106
μὲν γὰρ μετέωροι τὴν ὁδείαν, οἱ δ᾿ ὑπ᾿ αὐτὰς ποιοῦνται, καὶ μάλιστα
διεστηκότες τῆς ὁδείας, διὰ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἁγνείαις ὄντας, ὅπως μηδενὸς
θιγγάνωσιν ὧν οὐ δέον ἐστίν.      Οὐκ ἀλόγως δὲ τὴν πόλιν    107
10 συμμετρίᾳ καθηκούσῃ κατεσκεύασαν οἱ πρῶτοι, σοφῶς δὲ §ἐπινοή-    § P
σαντες.   τῆς γὰρ χώρας πολλῆς οὔσης καὶ καλῆς, καί τινων §μὲν    § H
πεδινῶν, τῶν κατὰ τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν λεγομένην, καὶ τῶν συναπτόντων
τῇ τῶν Ἰδουμαίων χώρᾳ, τινῶν δὲ ὀρεινῶν, τῶν  συναπτόντων
τῇ τῶν Ἰουδαίων χώρᾳ, χρὴ  πρὸς τὴν γεωργίαν καὶ τὴν ἐπιμέ-
15 λειαν τῆς γῆς γίνεσθαι συνεχῶς, ἵνα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὗτοι τὴν εὐ-
καρπίαν ἔχωσιν·  οὗ καὶ γινομένου γεωργεῖται  πάντα μετὰ  δαψιλείας
πολλῆς ἐν πάσῃ προειρημένῃ χώρᾳ.   τῶν δὲ πόλεων ὅσαι    108
μέγεθος ἔχουσι καὶ τὴν ἀκόλουθον εὐδαιμονίαν, ταύταις συμ-
βέβηκεν εὐανδρεῖν, ἀμελέῖσθαι δὲ τῆς χώρας, πάντων ἐπὶ τὸ κατὰ
20 ψυχὴν ἱλαροῦσθαι νενευκότων, καὶ τῇ κατασκευῇ πάντας ἀνθρώπους
ἐπὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς εὐκαταφόρους εἶναι.   τοῦτο δὲ ἐγίνετο περὶ τὴν    109
Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὑπερβάλλουσαν πάσας τῷ μεγέθει καὶ εὐδαιμονίᾳ
τὰς πόλεις.   οἱ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας εἰς αὐτὴν ἀποξενούμενοι κατα-
μένοντες ἐφ᾿ ἱκανὸν εἰς ἐλάττωσιν ἦγον τὰ τῆς ἐργασίας.   ὅθεν ὁ    110
25 βασιλεύς, ἵνα μὴ καταμένωσι, προσέταξε μὴ πλέον εἴκοσιν ἡμερῶν
παρεπιδημεῖν·   καὶ τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν ὁμοίως δἰ ἐγγράπτων
διαστολὰς ἔδωκεν, ἐὰν ἀναγκαῖον ᾖ κατακαλέσαι, διακρίνειν ἐν
ἡμέραις πέντε.   πρὸ πολλοῦ δὲ ποιούμενος καὶ χρηματιστὰς καὶ    111

χυμα] σχημα B      οντος] εντος Z      ειθισμενως conj Redpath HKAGIBP
(usitato more theatriηθισμενων KGIT* vidειθισμενων cett      εξοδους B TZ
διεστηκοτας KGITZ (-κυιας edd) | της] τας K | μηδενι BZ      11 πεδινων
μεν P      12 λεγομενων codd omn      13, 14 των—γεωργιαν] τω προς τη
γεωργια B των πρ. την γεωργιαν cett verba ex conj addidi      15 om
και P      16 παντα μετα Mend.] μεν παντα codd      19 ευανδρειν] ευ
(sequente lacuna) B      20 και] και τω vel δια το conj Schmidt
22 υπερβαλλουσα HA*GIT*Z      23 επιξενουμενοι BP

τοὺς τούτων ὑπηρέτας ἐπέταξε κατὰ νομούς, ὅπως μὴ πορισμὸν
λαμβάνοντες οἱ γεωργοὶ καὶ προστάται τῆς πόλεως ἐλαττῶσι τὰ
ταμιεῖα, λέγω δὲ τὰ τῆς γεωργίας πρόσφορα.      Παρεξέβημεν    112
δὲ ταῦτα διὰ τὸ καλῶς ἡμῖν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον ὑποδεδειχέναι τὰ
5 προειρημένα.   μεγάλη γὰρ ἐστ͖ν ἡ τῶν γεωργουμένων φιλοπονία.
καὶ γὰρ ἐλαϊκοῖς πλήθεσι σύνδενδρός ἐστι καὶ σιτικοῖς καρποῖς
αὐτῶν ἡ χώρα καὶ ὀσπρίοις, ἔτι δὲ ἀμπέλῳ καὶ μέλιτι πολλῷ.   τὰ
μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἀκροδρύων καὶ φοινί͗κων οὐδ᾿ ἀριθμεῖται παῤ αὐτοῖς.
κτήνη τε πολλὰ παμμιγῆ, καὶ δαψιλὴς ἡ τούτων νομή·   διὸ καλῶς    113
10 ἔβλεψαν, ὅτι πολυανθρωπίας οἱ τόποι προσδέονται, καὶ τὴν κατα-
σκευὴν τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῶν κωμῶν ἔθεντο κατὰ λόγον.   πολὺ δὲ    114
πλῆθος καὶ τῶν ἀρωμάτων καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν καὶ χρυσοῦ παρα-
κομίζεται διὰ τῶν Ἀράβων εἰς τὸν τόπον.   ἐργάσιμος γὰρ καὶ πρὸς
τὴν ἐμπορίαν ἐστὶ κατεσκευασμένη ἡ χώρα, καὶ πολύτεχνος ἡ πόλις,
15 οὐ σπανίζει δὲ οὐδὲν τῶν διακομιζομένων διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης.   ἔχει    115
γὰρ καὶ λιμένας εὐκαίρους χορηγοῦντας, τόν τε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσκαλῶνα
καὶ Ἰόππην καὶ Γάζαν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Πτολεμαίδα τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ
βασιλέως ἐκτισμένην.   μέση δὲ κεῖται πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους
τόπους, οὐκ ἀπέχουσα τούτων πολύ.   ἔχει δὲ πάντα δαψιλῆ κάθυγρος
20 οὖσα πάντοθεν ἡ χώρα καὶ μεγάλην ἀσφάλειαν ἔχουσα.   περιρρεῖ    116
δ᾿ αὐτὴν ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰορδάνης ποταμὸς ἀείρρους.   τῆς δὲ χώρας
οὐκ ἔλαττον ἑξακισχιλίων μυριάδων ἀρουρῶν κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον οὔσης
(μετέπειτα δὲ οἱ γειτνιῶντες ἐπέβησαν αὐτῆς) ἑξήκοντα μυριάδες
ἀνδρῶν ἔγκληροι καθειστήκεισαν ἑκατοντάρουροι.   πληρούμενος δὲ
25 ὁ ποταμός, καθὼς ὁ Νεῖλος, ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὸν θερισμὸν ἡμέραις,
πολλὴν ἀρδεύει τῆς γῆς·   ὃς εἰς ἕτερον ποταμόν ἐκβάλλει τὸ ῥεῦμα    117
κατὰ τὴν Πτολεμαίων χώραν, οὗτος δὲ ἔξεισιν εἰς θάλασσαν.

23 εξηκ. μυρ. cf Ex 393 LXX. (1237 Num 1121)    25 cf Jos 315

ε λαικοις (sic) H εν λαικ. GIT ευλαικ. B εν ελαικ. KAPZ      om

αθτων BPTZ      τε] τα HAGIZ      10 προσδεονται BPTZ] δεονται cett TZ
14 εστθβ γ χ. κατεσκ. (κατασκ. T*) BPTZ | πολις] + εστιν P      16 τον B]
των cett τα edd      17 om του P      18 εκτισμενην] κατεσκευασμενην P |
ειρημ. BT      19 καθυγρατος GIPZ pr και P     21 verba inserui
23 υπεβησαν P (cod Mon) απεβ. edd pr | μυριαδων T
24 εκατονταρουροις codd txt ex papyris corr Mahaffy      26 πολυν B |
εμβαλλει GBPZ      27—2 p 540 ουτος δε—Αζ. χωραν om A

ἄλλοι δὲ χειμάρροι λεγόμενοι κατίασι, περιλαμβάνοντες τὰ πρὸς
τὴν Γάζαν μέρη καὶ τὴν Ἀζωτίων χώραν.   περιέχεται δὲ ἀσφαλέίαις    118
αὐτοφυέσι, δυσείσβολος οὖσα καὶ πλήθεσιν ἀπραγμάτευτος, διὰ τὸ
στενὰς εἶναι τὰς παρόδους, κρημνῶν παρακειμένων καὶ φαράγγων
5 βαθέων, ἔτι δὲ τραχείας οὔσης πάσης τῆς περιεχούσης πᾶσαν τὴν
χώραν ὀρεινῆς.      Ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν παρακειμένων ὀρέων    119
τῆς Ἀραβίας μέταλλα χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου συνίστασθαι πρότε-
ρον.   ἐκλέλειπται δὲ ταῦτα, καθ᾿ ὃν ἐπεκράτξσαν Πέρσαι χρόνον,
τῶν τότε προστατούντων ποιησαμένων διαβολήν, ὡς ἄχρηστος ἡ
10 κατεργασία γίνεται καὶ πολυδάπανος, ὅπως μὴ διὰ τὴν μεταλ-    120
λείαν τῶν εἰρημένων συμβῇ καὶ τὴν χώραν καταφθείρεσθαι, καὶ
σχεδὸν διὰ τὴν ἐκείνων δυναστείαν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι, παρεύρεσιν
λαβόντων εἰς τοὺς τόπους εἰσόδου, διὰ τὸ τὴν διαβολὴν γεγονέναι

Ὅσον οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτων ἔδει, κεφαλαιωδῶς σεσήμαγκά σοι,

ὦ Φιλόκρατες ἀδελφέ·   τὰ δὲ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἑπομένως δηλώσομεν.
Ἐπιλέξας γὰρ τοὺς ἀρίστους ἄνδρας καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντας, ἅτε δὴ    121
γονέων τετευχότας ἐνδόξων, οἵτινες οὐ μόνον τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν
γραμμάτων ἕξιν περιεποίησαν αὑτοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν
20 ἐφρόντισαν οὐ παρέργως κατασκευῆς·   διὸ καὶ πρὸς τὰς πρεσβείας    122
εὔθετοι καθεστήκεισαν, καὶ τοῦτ᾿ ἐπετέλουν ὅτε δέοι, καὶ πρὸς τὰς
ὁμιλίας καὶ τὰς ἐπερωτήσεις τὰς διὰ τοῦ νόμου μεγάλην εὐφυίαν
εἶχον, τὸ μέσον ἐζηλωκότες κατάστημα (τοῦτο γὰρ κάλλιστόν ἐστιν),
ἀποτεθειμένοι τὸ τραχὺ καὶ βάρβαρον τῆς διανοίας, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ
25 τὸ κατοίεσθαι καὶ νομίζειν ὑπερφρονεῖν ἑτέρους ὑπερβεβηκότες, τὴν
δ᾿ ὁμιλίαν καὶ τὸ συνακούειν καὶ πρὸς ἕκαστον ἀποκρίνεσθαι δεόντως
παραδεδεγμένοι, καὶ πάντες ταῦτα συντηροῦντες καὶ μᾶλλον ἐν
τούτοις βουλόμενοι ὑπερφέρειν ἕτερος ἑτέρου, καὶ τοῦ καθηγουμένου

ασφαλες HKAGI ασφαλως BPTZ txt ex conj Schmidt    βραχειας

I      μεταλα GP μετα I      Περσαι] pr οι I      11 προειρημενων G TZ
15 om κεφαλ. P | σεσημακαμεν Z      16 δηλωσωμεν GIPZ      17 γαρ] ουν
HKA      18 τετευχοτως Pvid      19 εαυτοις BT      21 απετελουν Β
22 δια] εκ B      27 παραδεδεγμενοι BPTZ] παραδεδειγμενοι cett
28 θποφερειν KA | ετερου] ετερω PT*vid

πάντες ἄξιοι καὶ τῆς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀρετῆς.   νοῆσαι δ᾿ ἦν, ὡς ἠγάπησαν    123
τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον δυσαποσπάστως ἔχοντες, καὶ ἐκεῖνος αὐτούς·   χωρὶς
καὶ τοῦ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα γεγραφέναι περὶ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως
αὐτῶν πολλὰ παρεκάλεσε τὸν Ἀνδρέαν ποιῆσαι, συναντιλαμβάνεσθαι
5 παρακαλῶν, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν δυνώμεθα.  καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελλομένων εὖ φρον-    124
τίσειν  περὶ τούτων, ἔφη καὶ λίαν διαγωνιᾷν·   εἰδέναι γάρ, ὅτι
φιλάγαθος ὢν ὁ βασιλεὺς πάντων μέγιστον ἡγεῖται τὸ μεταπέμ-
πεσθαι, καθ᾿ ὃν ἂν τόπον ὀνομασθῇ τις ἄνθρωπος διαφέρων ἀγωγῇ
καὶ φρονήσει παῤ ἑτέρους.   μετείληφα γὰρ καλῶς αὐτὸν λέγειν, ὅτι    125
10 περὶ ἑαυτὸν ἔχων ἄνδρας δικαίους καὶ σώφρονας τὴν μεγίστην ἂν
φυλακὴν τῆς βασιλείας ἕξειν, συμβουλευόντων παρρησίᾳ πρὸ τὸ
συμφέρον τῶω φίλων·   ὃ δὴ σύνεστι τοῖς ἀποστελλομένοις ὑπ᾿
αὐτοῦ.   καὶ δἰ ὅρκων ἐπιστοῦτο, μὴ προΐεσθαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, εἴ    126
τις ἑτέρα χρεία πρὸς τὰ κατ᾿ ἰδίαν αὐτῷ κατεπείγοι, πρὸς δὲ τὴν
15 κοινὴν πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἐπανόρθωσιν ἐξαποστέλλειν αὐτούς.   τὸ    127
γὰρ καλῶς ζῇν ἐν τῷ τὰ νόμιμα συντηρεῖν εἶναι·   τοῦτο δὲ ἐπιτε-
λεῖσθαι διὰ τῆς ἀκροάσεως πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἢ διὰ τῆς ἀναγνώσεως.
προτιθέμενος οὖν ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια φανερὸς ἦν τὴν
διάθεσιν, ὃσ ἦν πρὸς αὐτπύς.

§ Ἄξιον δὲ ἐπιμνησθῆναι   διὰ  βραχέων τῶν ὑποδειχθέντων ὑπ᾿

   128 § Eus
αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰ δἰ ἡμῶν ἐπιζητηθέντα.   νομίζω γὰρ τοὺς πολλοὺς
περιεργίαν ἔχειν τινὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ νομοθεσίᾳ περί τε τῶν βρωτῶν καὶ
ποτῶν καὶ τῶν νομιζομένων ἀκαθάρτων εἶναι κνωδάλων. τυνθανομένων    129

20 ff Lev 11.    Deut. 143—19

δυσαποσπ.] + αυτου B | εκεινος] + δηλονοτι ηγαπησεν B | αυτους]

+ ος αυτος sine puncto sequente Wend.    om και P | γεγραπται I    τον TZ Eus
ανδρα B    ευ φροντ. Wend] αφροντισειν codd    τουτου P
φιλανος BT    αυτον καλως BTZ    10 αθτον BT | εχων] + ο Πτολεμαιος
B    11 εξει B    12 συνεστη Z    14 om ιδιαν B (in fin lin fort evanuit) | αυτων
BT    18 φανερως P    20 δια βραχεων ap Eus conj Vigerus] βραχεων codd et
Eus (bis scr Eusº) | επιδειχθεντων Eusi    21 προς ημων επιζητηθεντα
HKA προς δι ημων επιζητ. GIZ* προς δε ημων επιζητηθεντων
BPTZcorr txt Eus | νομιζειν γαρ τοις πολλοις Ar codd (B excepto) Eus
txt B    22 τινα εχειν BPT | περι] pr λεγω δε Eus | των 2º] om Eus |
βρωματων GIBPTZ txt cett Eus    23 om και BPTZ

γὰρ ἡμῶν, διὰ τί, μιᾶς καταβολῆς οὔσης, τὰ μὲν ἀκάθαρτα νομίζεται
πρὸς βρῶσιν, τὰ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἁφὴν (δεισιδαιμόνως γὰρ τὰ
πλεῖστα τὴν νομοθεσίαν ἔχειν, ἐ δὲ τούτοις  πάνυ  δεισιδαιμόνως)
πρὸς ταῦτα οὕτως ἐνήρξατο      Θεωρεῖς ἔφη, τὰς ἀναστροφὰς    130
5 καὶ τὰς ὁμιλίας, οἷον ἐνεργάζονται πρᾶγμα, διότι κακοῖς ὁμιλήσαντες
διαστροφὰς ἐπιλαμβάνουσιν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ταλαίπωροι δἰ ὅλου τοῦ
ζῇν εἰσιν·   ἐὰν δὲ σοφοῖς καὶ φρονίμοις συζῶσιν, ἐξ ἀγνοίας ἐπανορ-
θώσεως εἰς τὸν βίον ἔτυχον.   διαστειλάμενος οὖν τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας    131
καὶ δικαιοσύνης πρῶτον ὁ νομοθέτης ἡμῶν, καὶ διδάξας ἕκαστα περὶ
10 τούτων, οὐκ ἀπαγορευτικῶς μόνον ἀλλ᾿ ἐνδεικτικῶς, καὶ τὰς βλάβας
προδήλους καὶ τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γινομένας ἐπιπομπὰς τοῖς αἰτίοις—
προϋπέδειξε γὰρ πάντων πρῶτον, ὅτι μόνος ὁ θεός ἐστι, καὶ διὰ    132
πάντων ἡ δύναμις αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται, πεπληρωμένου παντὸς
τόπου τῆς δυναστείας, καὶ οὐθὲν αὐτὸν λανθάνει τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς γινο-
15 μένων ὑπ᾿ ἀνθρώπων κρυφίως, ἀλλ᾿ ὅσα ποιεῖ τις αὐτῷ φαβερὰ
καθέστηκε, καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι—ταῦτ᾿ οὖν ἐξεργαζόμενος    133
ἀκριβῶς καὶ πρόδηλα θεὶς ἔδειξεν ὅτι, κἂν ἐννοηθῇ τις κακίαν
ἐπιτελεῖν, οὐκ ἂν λάθοι, μὴ ὅτι καὶ πράξας, διὰ πάσης τῆς νομο-
θεσίας τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνατὸν ἐνδεικνύμενος.   ποιησάμενος οὖν τὴν    134
20 καταρχὴν ταύτην, καὶ δείξας ὅτι πάντες οἱ λοιποὶ παῤ ἡμᾶς
ἄνθρωποι πολλοὺς θεοὺς εἶναι νομίζουσιν, αὐτοὶ δυναμικώτεροι
πολλῷ καθεστῶτες ὧν σέβονται ματαίως—ἀγάλματα γὰρ ποιήσαντες    135
ἐκ λίθων καὶ ξύλων, εἰκόνας φασὶν εἶναι τῶν ἐξευρόντων τι πρὸς τὸ
ζῇν αὐτοῖς χρήσιμον, οἷς προσκυνοῦσι, παρὰ πόδας ἔχοντες τὴν ἀναι-
25 σθησίαν.   εἴ τι γὰρ κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνό τις  θεὸς εἴη  κατὰ τὴν ἐξεύπεσιν,    136

της νομοθεσιας B | πανυ] πασι παλιν πανυ HKA παλιν cett Eus

εργαζονται AIBP Euscodd det    δια του ζην Eusδι ολου την ζωην Eusº TZ Eus
ενετυχον BT | ουν Eus] δε εστι B om cett    πρωτον ο νομ. Eus.] ο
πρωτονομοθετης Ar codd    10 ενδικως Ar codd txt Eus    11 προδηλως I
προδηλωσας | υπο] επι P Euscodd | om του P Eus | γενομ. P Euscodd (γιγν.
Eusi)    12 πρωτον παντων Eus P | om ο BPTZ | η δυν. αυτ. δια παντ.
Eusº    13 δυναμις] + εστιν GIZ | παντος] pr του B    14 ουδεν B | των
επιγινομενων (-νωμ. Z) PT*Z (γης suprascr T1)    15 υπ] υπο των B |
κρυφεως GI κρυφαιως Eusi    16 εργαζομενος B εξεργασαμενος Eusº
17 προδηλωθεις HKA    18 λανθανοι B λαθη P | δια πασης] δι ολης
Eusi εξ ολης Eusº    22 πολλω Eus P] πολλων Ar codd cett    23 και] η Eus
25 ει τι HKAGvid I] ειτε Eus | θεος ειη ex conj] θειη codd Eus θεωθειη
conj Wend.

παντελῶς ἀνόητον·   τῶν γὰρ ἐν τῇ κτίσει λαβόντες τινὰ συνέθηκαν
καὶ προσυπέδειξαν εὔχρηστα, τὴν κατασκευὴν αὐτῶν οὐ ποιήσαντες
αὐτοί·   διὸ κενὸν καὶ μάταιον τοὺς ὁμοίους ἀποθεοῦν.   καὶ γὰρ ἔτι    137
καὶ νῦν εὑρεματικώτεροι καὶ πολυμαθέστεροι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν πρίν
5 εἰσι πολλοί, καὶ οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιεν αὐτοὺς προσκυνοῦτες.   καὶ νομί-
ζουσιν οὑ ταῦτα διαπλάσαντες καὶ μυθοποιήσαντες τῶν Ἑλλήνων
οἱ σοφώτατοι καθεστάναι.   τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων πολυματαίων τί δεῖ καὶ    138
λέγειν, Αἰγυπτίων τε καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων, οἵτινες ἐπὶ θηρία καὶ
τῶν ἑρπετῶν τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ κνωδάλων τὴν ἀπέρεισιν πεποίηνται,
10 καὶ ταῦτα προσκυνοῦσι, καὶ θύουσι τούτοις καὶ ζῶσι καὶ τελευ-
τήσασι;—      συνθεωρήσας οὖν ἕκαστα σοφὸς ὢν ὁ νομοθέτης,    139
ὑπὸ θεοῦ κατεσκευασμένος εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τῶν ἁπάντων, περιέφραξεν
ἡμᾶς ἀδιακόποις χάραξι καὶ σιδηροῖς τείχεσιν, ὅπως μηθενὶ τῶν
ἄλλων ἐθνῶν ἐπιμισγώμεθα κατὰ μηδέν, ἁγνοὶ καθεστῶτες κατὰ σῶμα
15 καὶ κατὰ ψυχήν, ἀπολελυμένοι ματαίων δοξῶν, τὸν μόνον θεὸν καὶ
δυνατὸν σεβόμενοι παῤ ὅλην τὴν πᾶσαν κτίσιν.   ὅθεν οἱ Αἰγυπτίων    140
καθηγεμόνες ἱερεῖς, ἐγκεκυφότες εἰς πολλὰ καὶ μετεσχηκότες
πραγμάτων, ἀνθρώπους θεοῦ προσονομάζουσιν ἡμᾶς·   ὃ τοῖς λοιποῖς
οὐ πρόσεστιν, εἰ μή τις σέβεται τὸν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν θεόν, ἀλλ᾿ εἰσὶν
20 ἄνθρωποι βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ σκέπης·   ἡ γὰρ πᾶσα διάθεσις    141
αὐτῶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα καταφεύγει.   τοῖς δὲ παῤ ἡμῶν ἐν οὐδενὶ ταῦτα λε-
λόγισται, περὶ δὲ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυναστείας δἰ ὅλου τοῦ ζῇν ἡ σκέψις
αὐτοῖς ἐστιν.      ὅπως οὖν μηθενὶ συναλισγούμενοι μηδ᾿ ὁμιλοῦν-    142
τες φαύλοις διαστροφὰς λαμβάνωμεν, πάντοθεν ἡμᾶς περιέφραξεν
25 ἁγνείαις καὶ διὰ βρωτῶν· καὶ ποτῶν καὶ ἁφῶν καὶ ἀκοῆς καὶ ὁράσεως

ανοητον Eus] ανοητοι codd    ευχρηστοτατην (+ την Eusº) κατ. Eus

om αυτοι P    ευρημ. AB ευρετικωτεροι Eus    φθανοιεν Eus] TZ Eus
φθασειαν B (-σοιαν T) φθανοισαν cett    των] + μεν Eus | δει] δη HAGI
κνωδ.] pr επι Eusi | απερ εισι PT*Z    11 ουν] τοιγαρουν Eusi | om
εκαστα P | ο νομ. υπο θ. σοφ. ων P    12 κατεσκευασμενα H (α 3º sup lin)
Euscodd det    13 μηδενι Eus Z μηθεν HKAGI    14 και σωμα και ψυχην
Eusº    15 απολελυμενοι Eus P] -μενων cett    16 πασαν την κτ. P |
Αιγυπτιων οι Eus    18 εις πραγματα I    19 τις] τι HA (ς postea suprascr
H*vidA*vid) KGI    21 ημιν BTZ Eusº    22 om δε HAGI | om της του
Eusi    23 αυτων B* | ουν Eus] τε εν B εν cett | μηδενι BP Eus |
συναλισγομ. T Eus ex quo συμμισγομ. Wend.    24 φαυλω Eusº γαμοις P |
λαμβανοιμεν Eus | περιεφραξαν Eusº    25 αφης Eusº

νομικῶς.   τὸ γὰρ καθόλου πάντα πρὸς τὸν φυσικὸν λόγον ὅμοια    143
καθέστηκεν, ὑπὸ μιᾶς δυνάμεως οἰκονομούμενα, καὶ καθ᾿ ἓν ἕκαστον
ἔχει λόγον βαθύν, ἀφ᾿ ὧν ἀπεχόμεθα κατὰ τὴν χρῆσιν, καὶ οἷς
συγχρώμεθα.   χάριν δὲ ὑποδείγματος ἓν ἢ δεύτερον ἐπιδραμών σοι
5 σημανῶ.   Μὴ γὰρ εἰς τὸν καταπεπτωκότα λόγον ἔλθῃς, ὅτι      144
καὶ   ἢ τῶν τοιούτων χάριν περιεργίαν ποιούμενος ἐνομοθέτει
ταῦτα Μωϋσῆς·   ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἁγνὴν ἐπίσκεψιν καὶ τρόπων ἐξαρτισμὸν
δικαιοσύνης ἕνεκεν σεμνῶς πάντα ἀνατέτακται.   τῶν γὰρ πτηνῶν,    145
οἷς χρώμεθα, πάντα ἥμερα καθέστηκε καὶ διαφέρει καθαριότητι,
10 πυροῖς καὶ ὀσπρίοις χρώμενα πρὸς τὴν τροφήν, οἷον περιστεραὶ
τρυγόνες    πέρδικες ἔτι δὲ χῆνες καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα τοιαῦτα.
περὶ ὧν δὲ ἀπηγόρευται πτηνῶν, εὑρήσεις ἄγριά τε καὶ σαρκοφάγα    146
καὶ καταδυναστεύοντα τῇ περὶ ἑαυτὰ δυνάμει τὰ λοιπά, καὶ τὴν
τροφὴν ἔχοντα δαπάνησιν τῶν προειρημένων ἡμέρων μετὰ ἀδικίας·
15 οὐ μόνον δὲ ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄρνας καὶ ἐρίφους ἀναρπάζουσι,
καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δὲ ἀδικοῦσι νεκρούς τε καὶ ζῶντας.   παράσημον    147
οὖν ἔθετο διὰ τούτων,    προσονομάσας, ὅτι δέον ἐστὶ κατὰ
ψυχήν, οἷς ἡ νομοθεσία διατέτακται, δικαιοσύνῃ συγχρῆσθαι καὶ
μηδένα καταδυναστεύειν, πεποιθότας ἰσχύι τῇ καθ᾿ ἑαυτούς, μηδὲ
20 ἀφαιρεῖσθαι μηδέν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκ δικαίου τὰ τοῦ βίου κυβερνᾷν, ὡς τὰ
τῶν προειρημένων πτηνῶν ἥμερα ζῷα τὰ φυόμενα τῶω ὀσπρίων ἐπὶ
γῆς δαπανᾷ, καὶ οὐ καταδυναστεύει πρὸς τὴν ἐπαναίρεσιν τῶν συγ-
γενικῶν.   διὰ τῶν τοιούτων οὖν παραδέδωκεν ὁ νομοθέτης σημειοῦ-    148

Lev 1129      11 Lev 1122      17 Deut 1418

νομικης G Eusº -κοις P | το] τω T Eusi    δυναμεως] + οικονομικως

P | εκαστα Eusº    λογον εχει BT | απεσχομεθα KAI    εισελθης TZ Eus
Eusi (ελθηςº)    περιεργιας Eus περιεργασιαν Z    Μωσης AP Eus |
τροπων] + εξαιρετον Eusº    παντα] ταυτα BPTZ | πετεινων Eus
καθεστηκε και Eus] καθεστηκεν α B καθεστηκε cett | καθαροτητι
HKBPTZ    10 χρωμεθα K ] om την K Eusº    11 ατταγοι Eusi | om ετι K
12 πετεινων Eus    13 περι] παρ K | αυτα Eus εαυτων GI | τα πολλα Z*
(τα λ. Zcorrτων λοιπων B    14 δαπανησιν] pr την Eus    15 αρπαζουσι Eus
17 δεον] δε Eusi    19 μηδενι IB μηδενος T | πεποιθοτας Eus] -θοσιν B
-θοτες (-θωτ. P) cett | τη εαυτων Eusº    20 μηθεν Eusº | εκ δικαιοτατου
βιου Eus | διακυβερναν Eusº    21 ζωα ημερα B    22 επαναιρεσιν] + ουτε
των υποβεβηκοτων ουτε Eusi (om 20 ως τα—22 συγγεν. Eusº)    23 των
τοιουτ.] τουτων Eusº | παρεδωκεν Eus P | ομοιουσθαι BT

σθαι τοῖς συνετοῖς, εἶναι δικαίους τε καὶ μηδὲν ἐπιτελεῖν βίᾳ, μηδὲ
τῇ περὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἰσχύι πεποιθότας ἑτέρους καταδυναστεύειν.   ὅπου    149
γὰρ οὐδ᾿ ἅψασθαι καθῆκε τῶν προειρημένων διὰ τὴν περὶ ἕκαστα διά-
θεσιν, πῶς οὐ φυλακτέον παντάπασι τοὺς τρόπους εἰς τοῦτο κατακλα-
5 σθῆναι;     πάντα οὖν τὰ τῆς συγχωρήσεως ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τούτων καὶ τῶν    150
κτηνῶν τροπολογῶν ἐκτέθειται.   τὸ γὰρ    καὶ διαστέλλειν
  σημεῖόν ἐστι τοῦ διαστέλλειν ἕκαστα τῶν πράξεων
ἐπὶ τὸ καλῶς ἔχον·   ἡ γὰρ ἰσχὺς τῶν ὅλων σωμάτων μετ᾿ ἐνεργείας    151
ἀπέρεισιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους ἔχει καὶ τὰ σκέλη.   μετὰ διαστολῆς οὖν
10 ἅπαντα ἐπιτελεῖν πρὸς δικαιοσύνην ἀναγκάζει  τὸ σημειοῦσθαι  διὰ
τούτων·   ἔτι δὲ καὶ διότι παρὰ πάντας ἀνθρώπους διεστάλμεθα.   οἱ    152
γὰρ πλείονες τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθρώπων ἑαυτοὺς μολύνουσιν ἐπιμισγό-
μενοι, συντελοῦντες μεγάλην ἀδικίαν, καὶ χῶραι καὶ πόλεις ὅλαι
σεμνύνονται ἐπὶ τούτοις.   οὐ μόνον γὰρ  προάγουσι  τοὺς ἄρσενας,
15 ἀλλὰ καὶ τεκούσας ἔτι δὲ θυγατέρας μολύνουσιν.   ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ
τούτων διεστάλμεθα.      περὶ ὃν δὲ ἐστὶν ὁ προειρημένος τῆς δια-    153
στολῆς τρόπος, περὶ τοῦτον εἶναι καὶ τὸν τῆς μνήμης κεχαρακτή-
ρ ικεν.     γὰρ    καὶ    σαφῶς
τοῖς νοοῦσιν ἐκτίθεται τὸ τῆς μνήμης.   ἡ γὰρ ἀναμηρύκησις οὐθὲν    154
20 ἕτερον, ἀλλὰ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ συστάσεως ἐπίμνησις.   τὸ γὰρ ζῇν διὰ

Lev 113 ff (Deut 146 ff)      18 Lev 113 ff

om τε P Eusºvid    αυτους Eus | ετερων BT    ου] ουν KAIGtxt

(corr Gmg)    παντα ουν Eus] παντων (+ δε B) Ar codd | τα Eus] om Ar TZ Eus
codd | της συγχ. Eusi Ar codd] τα συγχωρηθεντα Eusº | ημιν] om Eusº
ημων ενεκα B txt Eusi Ar cett    εκτεθειται Eusiεξεθετο B εκθεοιται (-τε
GI) Ar codd cett εκτεθεικε Eusº | διχηλιζειν K    οπλας B | σημεια B |
εκαστην P    10 το σημειουσθαι HKAGIZ (το σημ. και Eusiτο ομοιουσθαι
T (τω ομ. B) τω σημ. Eusº, pro απαντα 10μολυνουσιν 12 exhibens
βιωσκομεν·   τω σημειουσθαι οτι παρα παντας ανθρωπους
διαστελλομεθα·   οι γαρ αλλοι μολυνουσιν εαυτους. Fortasse legendum
ο σημειουται    12 ανθρωπων] om Eus    13 ολαι] οσαι B    14 επι τουτ. σεμν.
Eusº | προαγουσι conj Schmidt} προσαγουσι codd et Eus qui legit προς
αρσενας (αρρ.º) προσαγουσιν    15 δε] + και HKA Eusº    16 εσταλμεθα
BPTZ | ον] ων BPT    17 τροπος BPT Eus] τοπος cett | τουτων BPT | και τ. τ. μν.
ειναι Eusº | το την μνημην P | κεχαρακτηρικεναι (-τηκεναι Z) codd Ar txt
Eus    18 παντα] ειπας Eusi    19 εκτιθεται Eus] εκτιθεμαι (εκτιθημι P)
Ar codd | ουδεν B    20 αλλ η Eusº | συστασεως] pr της B | υπομνησις εστι

τῆς τροφῆς συνεστάναι νομίζει.   διὸ παρακελεύεται καὶ διὰ τῆς    155
γραφῆς ὁ λέγων οὕτως·   
κατανοούμενα γὰρ καὶ  
  φαίνεται·   πρῶτον μὲν ἡ σύμπηθις τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἡ
5 τῆς τροφῆς διοίκησις καὶ ἡ περὶ ἕκαστον μέλος διαστολή·   πολλῷ    156
δὲ μᾶλλον ἡ τῶν αἰσθήσεων διακόσμησις, διανοίας ἐνέργημα καὶ
κίνησις ἀόρατος, ἥ τε ὀξύτης τοῦ πρὸς ἕκαστόν τι πράσσειν καὶ
τεχνῶν εὕρεσις ἀπέραστον περιέχει τρόπον.   διὸ παρακελεύεται    157
μνείαν ἔχειν, ὡς συντηρεῖται τὰ προειρημένα θείᾳ δυνάμει σὺν
10 κατασκευῇ.   πάντα γὰρ χρόνον καὶ τόπον ὥρικε πρὸς τὸ διὰ
παντὸς μνημονεύειν τοῦ κρατοῦντος θεοῦ καὶ συντηροῦντος.   καὶ    158
γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν ἀπαρξαμένους εὐθέως τότε  συγ-
χρῆσθαι  κελεύει.   καὶ μὴν καὶ ἐκ τῶν περιβολαίων παράσημον
ἡμῖν μνείας δέδωκεν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ    καὶ θυρῶν
15 προστέταχε μὲν ἡμῖν τιθέναι τὰ λόγια, πρὸς τὸ μνείαν εἶναι θεοῦ·  
καὶ    δὲ διαρρήδην τὸ σημεῖον κελεύει  ,    159
σαφῶς ἀποδεικνὺς ὅτι πᾶσαν ἐνέργειαν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ἐπιτελεῖν
δεῖ, μνήμην ἔχοντας τῆς ἑαυτῶν κατασκευῆς, ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ τὸν περὶ
θεοῦ φόβον.    κελύει δὲ      160
20 μελετᾷν τὰς  τοῦ θεοῦ κατασκευάς, οὐ νόνον λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ διαλήψει

ff Deut 7181021      14 ff Deut 67 ff

om και Eus    om ο Eus | κθριου] + του θεου Eus    και μεγ.

(+ και θαυμαστα P) και ενδ.] και ενδοξα και μεγαλα Eusi ενδοξα Eusº TZ Eus
πρωτα Eusº | η συμπ. η του σ. Eusi ν του σ. συμπ. Eusº | και 2º] om
BPTZ    μερος Eusº    η των BP] η της των cett Eusi    επεραστον
περιεχει K Eus απεραντον παρεχει BPTZ txt HAGI    τα προειρ.] om BT +
συνεχομενα Eusi | θειας δυναμεως P | συν κατασκευη K] συγκατασκευη
(και συγκ. BT1Acorr) codd cett Eusi (om Eusº)    10 ποπον και χρονον Eusi
χρονων και τροπον P    11 και συντηρουντος] συντηρουντας και τας
αρχας και μεσοτητας και τελευτας Eusi (om και συντηρ.—κελευει
13 Eusº)    12 ποτων] pr των GI | απαρξ.] αρξαμενους αρπαζομενους
K om BT | συγχρησθαι Eus] συγχωρησαι Ar codd    14 επι] pr επι των
πολεων και οικησεων δια το σκεπαζεσθαι και Eus    15 προστεταχε
μεν] προστεταχεν Eus    16 το σημ. διαρρ. P | περιειληφθαι
PZ περι . . . ηφθαι (ras 3 litt) T    18 της εαυτων κατασκευης
Eus] αυτης B τοις P και τοις της codd cett (cum seqq conj) της ημων
συστασεως edd pr | om δε Z | περι] του P Eusº    19 διανισταμενους]
20 + και πορευομενους Eus    λογω μονον Eus | αλλα] + και KP Eus

θεωροῦντας τὴν κίνησιν καὶ ὑπόληψιν ἑαυτῶν, ὅταν εἰς ὕπνον
ἔρχωνται, καὶ τὴν ἔγερσιν, ὡς θεία τίς ἐστι καὶ ἀκατάληπτος τούτων
ἡ μετάθεσις.   Δέδεικται δέ σοι καὶ τὸ περισσὸν τῆς λογίας τῆς    161
κατὰ τὴν διαστολὴν καὶ μνείαν, ὡς ἐξεθέμεθα τὴν διχηλίαν καὶ τὸν
5 μηρυκισμόν.   οὐ γὰρ εἰκῆ καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἐμπεσὸν εἰς ψυχὴν νενομο-
θέτηται, πρὸς δ᾿ ἀλὴθειαν καὶ σημείωσιν ὀρθοῦ λόγου.   διατάξας    162
γὰρ ἐπὶ βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἁφὰς ἕκαστα, κελεύει
μηθὲν εἰκῆ μήτε πράσσειν μήτε ἀκούειν, μήτε τῇ τοῦ λόγου
δυναστείᾳ συγχρωμένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀδικίαν τρέπεσθαι.   καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν    163
10 κνωδάλων δὲ ταὐτὸν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν.   κακοποιητικὸς γὰρ ὁ τρόπος
ἐστὶ καὶ    καὶ    καὶ τῶν τούτοις ὁμοίων, ὅσα διηγόρευται.
πάντα γὰρ λυμαίνονται καὶ κακοποιοῦσι μύεσ, οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὴν    164
ἑαυτῶν τροφήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ παντελῶς ἄχρηστον γίνεσθαι ἀν-
θρώπῳ, ὅ τι ἂν δή ποτ᾿ οὖν ἐπιβάληται κακοποιεῖν.   τό τε τῆς γαλῆς    165
15 γένος ἰδιάζον ἐστί·   χωρὶς γὰρ τοῦ προειρημένου ἔχει λυμαντικὸν κατά-
στημα·   διὰ γὰρ τῶν ὤτων συλλαμβάνει, τεκνοποιεῖ δὲ τῷ στόματι.
καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ τοιοῦτος τρόπος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀκάθαρτός ἐστιν·  
ὅσα γὰρ δἰ ἀκοῆς λαβόντες, ταῦτα τῷ λόγῳ σωματοποιήσαντες,
κακοῖς ἑτέρους ἐνεκύλισαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἐπετέλεσαν,
20 μιανθέντες αὐτοὶ παντάπασι τῷ τῆς ἀσεβείας μολυσμῷ.   καλῶς δὲ
ποιῶν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑμῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀναιρεῖ, καθὼς μεταλαμβά-
νομεν.—Ἐγὼ δ᾿ εἶπα Τοὺς ἐμφανιστὰς οἴομαί σε λέγειν·   καὶ γὰρ    167
αἰκίαις καὶ θανάτοις ἐπαλγέσιν αὐτοὺς περιβάλλει συνεχῶς.—Ὁ δέ
Τούτους γὰρ καὶ λέγω·   ἡ γὰρ ἐπαγρύπνησις ἀνθρώπων ἀπωλείᾳ

11 Lev 1129

τα κινηματα Eusº | υποληψιν] pr την Eus    ερχονται GIZ    f. η

τουτων μεταθεσις Eus    ευλογιας fort recte A αλογιας P    εξεθεσθαι TZ Eus
Eusi | om τον Eusi    και Eus] om Ar codd    και ποτων GIPZ Eusi]
om Ar codd cett Eusº    τη Eus] om Ar codd    χρωμενους 10 ff. εστιν
ο τροπος Eusº    12 λυμαινεται B | και κακοπ.—τροφην αλλα (13)
om BPTZ    13 εις το Eusi] om Ar Euscodd cett | γινεται BPZ    14 επιβαλληται
Eusº    17 τουτο] τουτ ουν Eusio | τοις ανθρωποις Eusi    19 ετεροις T |
ακαθαρσιαν] + τε Eus | απετελεσαν B* Eusi    21 ημων T Eusio |
αναιρειν GI    23 επαλγεσι (om αυτους) K | καραβαλλει Eusi (περιβ. Eusº)
24 τουτους—επαγρυπνησις] τουτοις γαρ επαγρ. Eusi επαγρυπ. γαρ Eusº |
εις ανθρωπων απωλειαν Eus txt (cf Diod 14. 68 επηγρυπνηκως τη τουτων
απωλεια) ex Ar codd (ἀπώλειᾳ)

ἀνόσιος.   ὁ δὲ νόμος ἡμῶν κελεύει μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ μηδένα    168
κακοποιεῖν.      καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν, ὅσον ἐπὶ βραχὺ  διεξῆλθον,
προσυποδείξας  σοι διότι πάντα κεκανόνισται πρὸς δικαιοσύνην,
καὶ οὐδὲν εἰκῆ κατατέτακται διὰ τῆς γραφῆς οὐδὲ μυθωδῶς, ἀλλ᾿
5 ἵνα δἰ ὅλου τοῦ ζῇν καὶ ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἀσκῶμεν δικαιοσύνην
πρὸς πὰντας ἀνθρώπους, μεμνημένοι τοῦ δυναστεύοντος θεοῦ.   περὶ    169
βρωτῶν οὖν καὶ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων ἑρπετῶν καὶ κνωδάλων καὶ πᾶς
λόγος ἀνατείνει πρὸς δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων συνανα-
στροφὴν δικαίαν.      Ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν καλῶς ἐνόμιζε περὶ    170
10 ἑκάστων ἀπολογεῖσθαι·   καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν προσφερομένων ἔλεγε
μόσχων τε καὶ κριῶν καὶ χιμάρων, ὅτι δεῖ ταῦτα ἐκ βουκολίων καὶ
ποιμνίων λαμβάνοντας ἥμερα θυσιάζειν, καὶ μηθὲν ἄγριον, ὅπως οἱ
προσφέροντες τὰς θυσίας μηθὲν ὑπερήφανον ἑαυτοῖς συνιστορῶσι,
σημειώσει κεχρημένοι τοῦ διατάξαντος.   τῆς γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς
15 τοῦ παντὸς τρόπου τὴν προσφορὰν ποιεῖται ὁ τὴν θυσίαν προσάγων.
καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν νομίζω τὰ τῆς ὁμιλίας ἄξια λόγου καθεστάναι·      171
διὸ τὴν σεμνότητα καὶ φυσικὴν διάνοιαν τοῦ νόμου προῆγμαι δια-
σαφῆσαί σοι, Φιλόκρατες, δἰ ἣν ἔχεις φιλομάθειαν.    ¶ Eus

§ Ὁ δὲ Ἐλεάζαρος ποιησάμενος θυσίαν καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπιλέξας

   172 § Jos
20 καὶ πολλὰ δῶρα τῷ βασιλεῖ κατασκευάσας προέπεμψεν ἡμᾶς μετὰ
ἀσφαλείας πολλῆς.   ὡς δὲ παρεγενήθημεν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, προσ-    173

ανοσιον Eusº | λογω] νομω BTZ    f. κακοποιειν μηδενα Eus

ουν] δε P | οσον—διεξηλθον] διεξηλθον βραχυ Eusº | διεξελθειν Ar codd TZ Eus Jos
(-ελθη P) Eusi    προσυποδειξαντα Ar codd Eusi δεικνυων Eusº | διοτι]
οτι Eusº    μυθωδως B Eus] θυμωδως codd cett | αλλ ινα] αλλα H
μεμνημενους BPTZ    ουν] ον P | και 3º] ο Eus    αναστροφην P
ενομιζετο    10 υπολογεισθαι G απολελογησθαι Eus | επι Ar codd Eusi]
και περι Eusº    11 om τε Eusi | δει Eus] αει Ar codd    12 λαμβανοντες
omissis ημερα—προσφεροντες (13) BPTZ | θυσιαζειν] κατασκευαζειν Eus
13 συνιστορουσι P    14 κεχρημενοι Eus] κεχρημενου Ar codd    16 και
περι—σεμνοτητα (17)] om K | αξιολογου καθ. HAGTZ αζιολογως καθ.
αξια καθεσταναι λογου Eusº    17 διο] δια Eus | και φυσ. διαν.
om Eus. | νομου] + ην Eus    18 om σοι BPTZ Eusº | Φιλοκρατες BT Eus]
Φιλοκρατη codd cett    20 παρασκευασας P    21 Αλεξανδ.] + και P |
προσαγγελλει G (-ελει I -ηγγελει ATZ) txt HKP (B προσηγγελλη)

ηγγέλη τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ τῆς ἀφίξεως ἡμῶν.   παρειμένοι  δ᾿ εἰς
τὴν αὐλὴν Ἀνδρέας τε καὶ ἐγώ, φιλοφρόνως ἡσπασάμεθα τὸν βα-
σιλέα καὶ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς ἀποδεδώκαμεν τὰς παρὰ τοῦ Ἐλεαζάρου.
περὶ πολλοῦ δὲ ποιούμενος τοῖς ἀπεσταλμένοις ἀνδράσιν ἐντυχεῖν,    174
5 ἐκέλευσε τοὺς λοιποὺς πάντας ἀπολῦσαι τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν,
καλεῖν δὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώποθς.   οὗ πᾶσι παραδόξου φανέντος—διὰ τὸ    175
κατὰ ἔθος εἶναι, πεμπταίους εἰς πρόσωπον ἔρχεσθαι βασιλεῖ τοὺς
περὶ χρήσιμον ἀφικνουμένους, τοὺς δὲ παρὰ βασιλέων ἢ πόλεων ἐν
ὑπεροχαῖς μόλις ἐν τριάκοντα εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν παρίεσθαι—τοὺς δὲ
10 ἥκοντας τιμῆς καταξιῶν μείζονος, καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν κρίνων τοῦ
πέμψαντος, ἀπολύσας οὓς ἐνόμιζε περισσούς, ὑπέμενε περιπατῶν,
ἕως ἂν παραγινομένους ἀσπάσηται.   παρελθόντων δὲ σὺν τοῖς    176
ἀπεσταλμένοις δώροις καὶ ταῖς διαφόροις διφθέραις, ἐν αἷς ἡ
νομοθεσία γεγραμμένη χρυσογραφίᾳ τοῖς Ἰουδαϊκοῖς γράμμασι, θαυ-
15 μασίως   εἰργασμένου τοῦ ὑμένος ,   καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα συμβολῆς
ἀνεπαισθήτου κατεσκευασμένης, ὡς εἶδεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς ἄνδρας,
ἐπηρώτα περὶ τῶν βιβλίων.   ὡς δὲ ἀπεκάλυψαν τὰ τῶν ἐνειλημάτων    177
καὶ τοὺς ὑμένας ἀνείλιζαν, πολὺν ἐπιστὰς χρόνον καὶ προσκυνήσας
σχεδὸν ἑπτάκις εἶπεν Εὐχαριστῶ μέν, ἄνδρες, ὑμῖν, τῷ δ᾿ ἀποστεί-
20 λαντι μᾶλλον, μέγιστον δὲ τῷ θεῷ, οὗτινός ἐστι τὰ λόγια
ταῦτα.      ὁμοθυμαδὸν δὲ πάντων εἰπόντων ὑπὸ μίαν φωνήν, τῶν    178
τε παραγεγονότων καὶ τῶν συμπαρόντων, Εὖ βασιλεῦ, προήχθη
δακρῦσαι τῇ χαρᾷ πεπληρωμένος.   ἡ γὰρ τῆς ψυχῆς ἔντασις καὶ τὸ

παρειμεν δ HGIZ παρημεν δ KAPT ως δε παρημεν B txt ex conj

Schmidt    επιδεδωκαμεν BZ   Fort leg απεδωκ. (απεδοσαν Jos) | τας 2º TZ Jos
GIP] om cett    περι] pr και PTZ | ποιουμενος] + ο βασιλευς BP    απαντας
P    κατα εθνος HKAGIPT κατα εθνους Z απο εθνους B txt ex Jos
(παρα το εθος)    περι] + τι B | χρησιμον] fort χρηματισμον | om εν HP
υπεροχης P | τριακοντα] λ ημεραις B    10 του] τους K    11 υπεμεινε B
txt cett cum Josvid (περιεμενεν)    12 παραγενομενους BT    14 om τοις Z
15 εργασαμενου K (ειργ. I) ειργασμενης BTcorr (-ου T*) εργασμενης P | της
υμενου HKcorrGIBPTcorr του υμενου A | της] τοις P | συμπλοκης Z
16 ανεπαισθητως BTcorr | κατεσκευασμενη HKAGI    17 επερωτα GIB*P |
ενειληματων Jos] ανειληματων (-λημμ. GIPTZ) Ar codd    20 ουτινος BT]
τινος cett (οט Jos)    21 ειποντων δε παντ. ομ. K    23 της χαρας BT |
εντασις PZ] εκστασις B ενστασις cett

τῆς τιμῆς ὑπερτεῖνον δακρύειν ἀναγκάζει κατὰ τὰς ἐπιτυχίας.
κελεύσας δὲ εἰς τάξιν ἀποδοῦναι τὰ τεύχη, τὸ τηνικαῦτα ἀσπασά-    179
μενος τοὺς ἄνδρας εἶπε Δίκαιον ἦν, θεοσεβεῖς ἄνδρες, ὧν χάριν ὑμᾶς
μετεπεμψάμην, ἐκείνοις πρῶτον σεβασμὸν ἀποδοῦναι, μετὰ ταῦτα
5 τὴν δεξιὰν ὑμῖν προτεῖναι·   διὸ πεποίηκα τοῦτο πρῶτον.   μεγάλην    180
δὲ τέθειμαι τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ παραγεγόνατε, καὶ κατ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν
ἐπίσημος ἔσται πάντα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν χρόνον·   συντέτυχε γὰρ
καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν νίκην ἡμῖν προσπεπτωκέναι τῆς πρὸς Ἀντίγονον
ναυμαχίας.   διὸ καὶ δειπνῆσαι σήμερον μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν βουλήσομαι.  
10 πάντα   δ᾿ ὑμῖν   εἶπε, παρέσται καθηκόντως, οἷς συγχρήσησθε,    181
κἀμοὶ μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν.      τῶν δὲ ἀσμενισάντων ἐκέλευσε καταλύ-
ματα δοθῆναι τὰ κάλλιστα πλησίον τῆς ἄκρας αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὰ κατὰ
τὸ συμπόσιον ἑτοιμάζειν.

Ὁ δὲ   ἀρχεδέατρος   Νικάνωρ Δωρόθεον προσκαλεσάμενος, ὃς

15  ἦν   ἐπὶ τούτων ἀποτεταγμένος, ἐκέλευσε τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν εἰς ἕκαστον
ἐπιτελεῖν.   ἦν γὰρ οὕτω διατεταγμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἃ μὲν ἔτι
καὶ νῦν ὁρᾷς·   ὅσαι γὰρ πόλεις εἰσίν,  αἳ τοῖς αὐτοῖς   συγχρῶνται
πρὸς τὰ ποτὰ καὶ βρωτὰ καὶ στρωμνάς, τοσοῦτοι καὶ προεστῶτες
ἦσαν·   καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἐθισμοὺς οὕτως ἐσκευάζετο, ὅταν παραγένοιντο
20 πρὸς τοὺς βασιλεῖς, ἵνα κατὰ μηθὲν δυσχεραίνοντες ἱλαρῶς διεξά-
γωσιν·   ὃ καὶ περὶ τούτους ἐγεγόνει.   προσεχέστατος γὰρ ὢν    183
ἄνθρωπος ὁ Δωρόθεος εἶχε τὴν τῶν τοιούτων προστασίαν.   συνέ-
στρωσε δὲ πάντα τὰ δἰ αὐτοῦ χειριζόμενα, πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ὑποδοχὰς
διαμεμερισμένα.   διμερῆ τε ἐποίησε τὰ τῶν κλισιῶν, καθὼς προσέ-

τιμης] ψυχης AZ | υπερ τινων P    σεβασμον—πρωτον (5)] om Ptxt

ins Pmg | μεταδουναι Z | μετα pr και B    προτειναι] προδουναι B TZ Jos
τιθεμαι B    τα] om PZ hab BvidT*sup lin cett    om και B | ημων
BZ | βουλησωμαι P    10 παντα δ υμιν ex conj Mend.] παντα δυναμιν
HKAGI παντα δυναιμην P πασαν δυναμιν BTZ | παρεσταναι BT |
συγχρησησθε HKGI] συγχρησεσθε (-σεσθαι Z) cett    11 καμε BT    12 τα 2º
om TZ    14 αρχεδεατρος (cf C. I. G. 4678) conj Letronne (ο επι της των
ξενων αποδοχης τεταγμενος Jos)] αρχιητρος codd | οσ ην] οσ (ως P) ων
codd    16 αποτελειν BT επιτελη P txt cett    17 αι τοις αυτοις] αις BT οις
cett txt ex Jos (οσαι τοις αυτοις χρωνται) correxi (οσ. γαρ πολ. εθεσιν
ιδιοις Wend.)    18 βρωτα και ποτα K | βρωματα BPTZ | στρωμνας BT]
στρωμναις cett | τοσουταις P τοσουτο Z    19 παραγενωνται BT
20 μηδεν B    21 προσεχεστατα et om γαρ ων—παντα (23) A    21 f.
ων ανθρωπος] ανθρ. ων B ων P    23 αποδοχας P    24 διαμεμετρημενα
BPTZ | διμερη BZT (sed ras I litt int ε et ρ in T) Jos] διμετρη P διαμερη cett

ταξεν ὁ βασιλεύς·   γοὺς γὰρ ἡμίσεις ἐκέλευσεν ἀνὰ χεῖρα κατα-
κλῖναι, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς μετὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κλισίαν, οὐδὲν ἐλλιπὼν εἰς
τὸ τιμᾷν τοὺς ἄνδρας.      Ὡς δὲ κατεκλίθησαν, ἐκέλευσε τῷ    184
Δωροθέῳ τοῖς ἐθισμοῖς οἷς χρῶνται πάντες οἱ παραγινόμενοι πρὸς
5 αὐτὸν ἀπό τῆς Ἰουδαίας, οὕτως ἐπιτελεῖν.   διὸ τοὺς ἱεροκήρυκας
καὶ θύτας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, οἷς ἔθος ἦν τὰς κατευχὰς ποιεῖσθαι,
παρῃτήσατο·   τῶν δὲ παραγεγονότων σὺν ἡμῖν Ἐλισσαῖον ὄντα
τῶν ἱερέων πρεσβύτερον παρεκάλεσε ποιήσασθαι κατευχήν, ὃς
ἀξιολόγως στὰς εἶπε Πκγρώσαι σε, βασιλεῦ, πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν    185
10 ὧν ἔκτισεν ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεός·   καὶ δῴη σοι ταῦτ᾿ ἔχειν καὶ γυναικὶ
καὶ τέκνοις καὶ τοῖς ὁμονοοῦσι πάντα ἀνέκλειπτα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς
χρόνον.   Εἰπόντος δὲ ταῦτα τούτου κατερράγη κρότος μετὰ κραυγῆς    186
καὶ χαρᾶς εὐφροσύνου πλείονα χρόνον·   καὶ τὸ τηνικαῦτα πρὸς τὸ
τέρπεσθαι διὰ τῶν ἡτοιμασμένων ἐτράπησαν, τῶν λειτουργιῶν
15 ἁπασῶν διὰ τῆς τοῦ Δωροθέου συντάξεως ἐπιτελουμένων·   ἐν οἷς καὶ
βασιλικοὶ παῖδες ἦσαν, καὶ τῶν τιμωμένων ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως.    ¶ Jos

Ὅτε δέ καιρόν ἔλαβεν ἐκ διαστήματος, ἠρώτησε τόν ἔχοντα τὴν

πρώτην ἀνάκλισιν (ἦσαν γὰρ καθ᾿ ἡλικίαν τὴν ἀνάπτωσιν πεποιη-
μένοι)   Πῶς ἂν τὴν βασιλείαν μέχρι τέλους ἄπταιστον ἔχων
20 διατελοῖ;   βραχὺ δὲ ἐπισχὼν εἶπεν Οὕτως ἂν μάλιστα διευθύνοις,    188
μιμούμενος τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ παντὸς ἐπιεικές.   μακροθυμίᾳ γὰρ
χρώμενος, καὶ βλιμάζων τοὺς ἀξίους ἐπιεικέστρον, καθώς εἰσιν

εκελευσεν] προσεταξεν P | ανα χειρα Jos] αναρχα Ar codd    f. τον

Δωροθεον Jos    τους εθισμους BT | παραγενομενοι BPTZ    οις] ους H TZ Jos
Ελισσαιον Jos] Ελεαζαρον codd    παρεκαλεσε A Jos (-σεν)]
παρεκαλεσαν cett | ποιησεσθαι P    ειπε] ad hoc add    Gtxt  
Img ευχη Bmg | βασιλευς I    10 και 2º] om A    11 ζωης] + σου BPTZ
12 om τουτου BTZ    18 γαρ] δε K | αναπτω A* (σιν sup lin in H)
19 απταιστον μ. τελους I    19 εχω διατελοι H*AGI εχων διατελοιη Hcorr
εχω διατελειν K διατελοιη εχων BT txt Z    20 μαλιστα] καλλιστα
P | διευθυνεις HK*A -νης P    22 βλημαζων codd (βληζων
suprascripto μα P).   A* βλημαζων habuisse videtur, sed βλημ in ετοιμvid
mutatum est. Hinc δοκιμαζων F ετοιμαζων L κριματαζων D¹ (αζων
cum lacuna D*)    22 καθως] η καθως conj Schmidt

189 ἄξιοι, μετατιθεὶς ἐκ τῆς κακίας καὶ εἰς μετάνοιαν ἄξεις.   Ἐπαι-    189
νέσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν ἐχόμενον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἕκαστα πράττοι;  
ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίθη Τὸ δίκαιον εἰ πρὸς ἅπαντας διατηροῖ, ἑαυτῷ καλῶς
τὰ ἕκαστα πράξει, διαλαμβάνων ὅτι πᾶν ἐννόημα σαφές ἐστι θεῷ·  
5 καταρχὴν δὲ θείου φόβου λαμβάνων ἐν οὐδενὶ διαπίπτοις.     Καὶ    190
τοῦτον δὲ εὖ μάλα παραδεξάμενος ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Πῶς ἂν ὁμοίους
ἑαυτῷ ἔχοι τοὺς φίλους;   κἀκεῖνος εἶπεν Εἰ θεωροίησαν πολλήν σε
πρόνοιαν ποιούμενον ὧν ἄρχεις ὄχλων·   σὺ δὲ τοῦτο πράξεις ἐπι-
βλέπων ὡς ὁ θεὸς εὐεργετεῖ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, ὁ ὑγείαν
10 αὐτοῖς καὶ τροφὴν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ κατὰ καιρὸν παρασκευάζων
ἅπαντα.      Σθνεπιμαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτῳ τὸν ἐχόμενον ἡρώτα    191
Πῶς ἂν ἐν τοῖς χρηματισμοῖς καὶ διακρίσεσιν εὐφημίας   τυγχάνοι
καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποτυγχανόντων;   ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ πᾶσιν ἴσος γένοιο τῷ
λόγῳ καὶ μηδὲν ὑπερηφάνως μηδὲ τῇ περὶ σεαυτὸν ἰσχύι πράσσοις
15    κατὰ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων.   τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσεις τὴν διάταξιν βλέπων    192
τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ·   τὰ γὰρ ἱκετευόμενα συντελεῖσθαι τοῖς ἀξίοις,
τοῖς δὲ ἀποτυγχάνουσιν ἢ δἰ ὀνείρων ἢ πράξεων σημαίνεσθαι τὸ
βλαβερὸν αὐτοῖς, οὐ κατὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας οὐδὲ   κατὰ  τὴν μεγαλω-
σύνην τῆς ἰσχύος τύπτοντος αὐτούς, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπιεικείᾳ χρωμένου τοῦ
20 θεοῦ.      Εὖ δὲ καὶ τοῦτον κατεπαινέσας ἠρώτα τὸν ἑξῆς Πῶς    193
ἂν ἐν ταῖς πολεμικαῖς χρείαις ἀὴττητος εἴη   ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ μὴ
πεποιθὼς ὑπάρχοι τοῖς ὄχλοις μηδὲ ταῖς δυνάμεσιν, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεὸν
ἐπικαλοῖτο διὰ πάντων, ἵνα τὰς ἐπιβολὰς αὐτῷ κατευθύνῃ δικαίως
διεξάγοντι πάντα.      Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ καὶ τοῦτον τὸν ἕτερον    194
25 ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φοβερὸς εἴη τοῖ ἐχθροῖς;   ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ τῇ τῶν
ὅπλων καὶ δυνάμεων παρασκευῇ πολλῇ χρώμενος   εἰδείη   ταῦτα

μετατιθεις] + τε B μετατιθης A*    εκαστα  καλλιστα   Wend.

παντας P | διατηρει BPTZ -ροιη Acorr | εαυτω BPTZ (-το)] εαυτον cett PTZ
πραξοι K    τουτο A | επηρωτα BT] επερωτα cett | ομοιως B    εαυτω]
εαυτου H om Z    10 κατασκευαζων P    12 διαρισεσιν Ztxt διαιρεσιν Zmg |
τυγχανω codd corr Schmidt    13 ισως BPT | γενοιο—σεαυτον (14) om
BPTZ    14 πραττεις P πρασοις H* (σ altera suprascr) K    18 κατα 2º]
om codd    19 αυτοις GI    21 ταις BPTZ | ειην Z | ο BPTZKcorr τω
cett    22 υπαρχοι K] υπαρχοις HAGI υπαρχεις BPTZ | οχλοις] οπλοις P
23 επικαλη B | επιβουλας I    25 τη] τω T    26 οπλιων P | και δυναμεων]
om Z και δυναμενων G | ειδειη ex conj] ειη ει δε ειη (οιει B) codd

ὄντα κενὰ ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον πρὸς τὸ συμπέρασμα δρᾷν τι·   καὶ
γὰρ ὁ θεὸς διδοὺς ἀνοχὰς καὶ ἐνδεικνύμενος τὸν τῆς δυναστείας
φόβον ἐγκατασκευάζει πάσῃ διανοίᾳ.      Καὶ τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαι-    195
νέσας εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἐχόμενον Τί κάλλιστον αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἂν
5 εἴη   κἀκεῖνος ἔφη Τὸ γινώσκειν ὅτι θεὸς δυναστεύει τῶν ἁπάντων,
καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν καλλίστων πράξεων οὐκ αὐτοὶ κατευθύνομεν τὰ βουλευ-
θέντα·   θεὸς δὲ τελειοῖ τὰ πάντων καὶ καθηγεῖται δυναστεύων.   Ἐπι-    196
φωνήσας δὲ καὶ τούτῳ καλῶς λέγειν τὸν ἕτερον ἡρώτα Πῶς ἂν
ἀκέραια συντηρήσας ἅπαντα τοῖς ἐγγόνοις τὴν αὐτὴν παραδιδοῖ
10 διάθεσιν ἐπὶ τέλει;      § ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εὐχόμενος ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν    § C
ἀγαθὰς ἐπινοίας λαμβάνειν πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα πράσσεσθαι, καὶ τοῖς
ἐγγόνοις παρακελευόμενος μὴ ἐκπλήττεσθαι τῇ δόξῃ μηδὲ τῷ
πλούτῳ·   θεὸν γὰρ εἶναι τὸν χαριζόμενον ταῦτα, καὶ οὐ δἰ ἑαυτοὺς
ἔχειν τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ἁπάντων.      Ἐπιμαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτοις    197
15 τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς ἂν τὰ συμβαίνοντα μετρίως
φέροι;   ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφησεν   Εἰ πρόληψιν λαμβάνοις, ὅτι γέοναν
ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντες ἄνθρωποι μετασχεῖν τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν,
ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἀγαθῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα τούτων ἀμιγῆ
γενέσθαι·   ὁ θεὸς δὲ τὴν εὐψυχίαν δίδωσιν, ὃν ἱκετεύειν ἀναγ-
20 καῖον.      Φιλοφρονηθεὶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον καλῶς εἶπεν ἅπαντας    198
ἀποφαίνεσθαι·   ἐπερωτήσας δὲ ἔτι ἕνα καταλήξω τὸ νῦν ἔχον, ἵνα
καὶ πρὸς τὸ τέρπεσθαι τραπέντες ἡδέως διεξάγωμεν.   ἐν δὲ ταῖς
μετὰ ταῦτα ἓξ ἑξῆς ἡμέραις καὶ παρὰ τῶν λοιπῶν ἑξῆς μαθήσομαί
τι πλέον.   εἶτ᾿ ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἄνδρα Τί πέρας ἀνδρείας ἐστίν;    ὁ    199
25 δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ τὸ βουλευθὲν ὀρθῶς ἐν ταῖς τῶν κινδύνων πράξεσιν
ἐπιτελοῖτο κατὰ πρόθεσιν.   τελειοῦται δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα σοι
καλῶς βουλευομένῳ, βασιλεῦ, συμφερόντως.      § Ἐπιφωνησάντων    200 § Jos
δὲ πάντων καὶ κρότῳ σημηναμένων πρὸς τοὺς φιλοσόφους εἶπεν ὁ
βασιλεὺς (οὐκ ὀλίγοι γὰρ παρῆσαν τούτοις) Οἴομαι διαφέρειν τοὺς

τον] τα recte ut vid Wend.    om και BPTZ | τουτο Z    εκγοωοις

ABT    10 επι τελει P] επιτελειν BZcorr επιτελη T επιτελοι cett CPTZ Jos
12 εκγονοις AB*T    13 om ου B    14 απαντων] pr των H | τουτους I
16 φερει P | λαμβανεις BT | γεγονασιν BPT    18 αγαθων] pr των BT
19 om δε C    20 τουτω P    21 αποκρινεσθαι B | om δε C    23 ημερας
GI | εξης 2º] om BPTZ    24 ειτ επηρωτα BCTZ (ειτα BC)] ειτ επερωτα
cett    27 βουλευομενω BT] βουλομενω cett    28 σημαναμενων CTZ
29 ολιγοις Z

ἄνδρας ἀρετῇ καὶ συνιέναι πλεῖον, οἵτινες ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τοιαύτας
ἐρωτήσεις λαμβάνοντες, ὡς δέον ἐστὶν ἀποκέκρινται;   πάντες ἀπὸ
θεοῦ τοῦ λόγου τὴν καταρχὴν ποιούμενοι.   Μενέδημος δὲ ὁ    201
Ἐρετριεὺς φιλόσοφος εἶπε Ναί, βασιλεῦ·   προνοίᾳ γὰρ τῶ ὅλων
5 διοικουμένων, καὶ ὑπειληφότων ὀρθῶς τοῦτο, ὅτι θεόκτιστόν ἐστιν
ἄνθρωπος, ἀκολουθεῖ πᾶσαν δυναστείαν καὶ λόγου καλλονὴν ἀπὸ
θεοῦ κατάρχεσθαι.   τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως ἐπινεύσαντος τὰ περὶ τούτων    202
ἔληξεν,§ ἐτράπησαν δὲ πρὸς εὐφροσύνην.   ἐπιλαβούσης δὲ τῆς § Jos
ἑσπέρας τὸ συμπόσιον ἐλύθη.

Τῇ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν διάταξιν τὰ τῆς

ἀναπτώσεως καὶ συμποσίας ἐπετελεῖτο.   καθὸ δὲ ἐνόμιζεν ὁ
βασιλεὺς εὔκαιρον εἶναι πρὸς τὸ πυνθάνεσθαί τι τῶν ἀνδρῶν,
ἐπηρώτα τοὺς ἑξῆς τῶν ἀποκεκριμένων τῇ προτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ.   πρὸς    204
τὸν ἑνδέκατον δὲ ἤρξατο τὴν κοινολογίαν ποιεῖσθαι·   δέκα γὰρ ἦσαν
15 οἱ ἠρωτημένοι τῇ προτέρᾳ.   σιγῆς δὲ γενομένης ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς
ἂν πλούσιος διαμένοι;   βραχὺ δὲ ἐπισχὼν ὁ τὴν ἐρώτησιν ἐκδεχό-    205
μενος εἶπεν Εἰ μηδὲν ἀνάξιον τῆς ἀρχῆς μηδὲ ἀσελγὲς πράσσοι,
μηδὲ δαπάνῃ εἰς τὰ κενὰ καὶ μάταια συντελοῖ, τοὺς   δὲ  ὑποτεταγμέ-
νους εὐεργεσίᾳ πρὸς εὔνοιαν ἄγοι γὴν ἑαυτοῦ·   καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς πᾶσιν
20 αἴτιος ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν, ᾧ κατακολουθεῖν ἀναγκαῖον.      Ἐπαι-    206
νέσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦτον ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Πῶς ἂν τὴν ἀλήθειαν
διατηροῖ;   ὁ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀπεκρίθη Γινώσκων ὅτι μεγάλην
αἰσχύνην ἐπιφέρει τὸ ψεῦδος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον
τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν·   ἐξουσίαν γὰρ ἔχοντες ὃ βούλονται πράσσειν, τίνος
25 ἕνεκεν ἂν ψεύσαιντο; προσλαμβάνειν δὲ δεῖ τοῦτό σε, βασιλεῦ, διότι
φιλαλήθης ὁ θεός ἐστιν.      Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ εὖ μάλα καὶ    207
τοῦτον ἐπιβλέψας εἶπεν Τί ἐστι σοφίας διδαχή;   ὁ δὲ ἕτερος

om του B | Μενεδιμος BT Βενεδημος Z | om δε BT    δε 1º B] δε

τα cett | προς ευφροσ.—τη δε (10)] om A    13 πρωτη K | προς τον ενδεκ.— CPTZ Jos
προτερα (15) om Btxt ins Bmg    15 om οι KB | προτερα] προτερεα A*
(-ραια Acorr) + ημερα Bmg    16 διαμελλοι P    18 δαπανην Mend. |
συντελει BCT συντελη Z ασυντελει P | δε Mend. (et sic L)] om codd cett
19 ευεργεσια] + δε B | αγει BT    21 επηρωτα BT] επερωτα cett
22 διατηροιη BAcorr    23 επιφερει KB επιφεροι cett
24 εξουσιαν—πρασσειν] om C | ο] ων B    25 αν ενεκεν Z | προσλαμβανειν
BT] προλαμβανειν cett σε] σοι A    26 om ο θεος P    27 post τουτον
fort επι τον μετ αυτον vel aliquid simile excidit

ἀπεφήνατο Καθὼς οὐ βούλει σεαυτῷ τὰ κακὰ παρεῖναι, μέτοχος δὲ
τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὑπάρχειν ἁπάντων, εἰ πράσσοις τοῦτο πρὸς τοὺς ὑποτε-
ταγμένους καὶ τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, εἰ τοὺς καλοὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς τῶν
ἀνθρώπων ἐπιεικέστερον νουθετοῖς·   καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους
5 ἅπαντας ἐπιεικείᾳ ἄγει.      Ἐπαινέσας αὐτὸν τῷ μετ᾿ αὐτὸν    208
εἶπε Πῶς ἂν φιλάνθρωπος εἴη;   κἀκεῖνος ἔφη Θεωρῶν ὡς ἐν
παλλῷ χρόνῳ καὶ κακοπαθείαις μεγίσταις αὔξει τε καὶ γεννᾶται τὸ
τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος·   ὅθεν οὔτε εὐκόπως δεῖ κολάζειν, οὔτε αἰκίαις
περιβάλλειν·   γινώσκων ὅτι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρὼπων ζῇν ἐν ὀδύναις τε καὶ
10 τιμωρίαις καθέστηκεν.   ἐπινοῶν οὖν ἕκαστα πρὸς τὸν ἔλεον τραπήσῃ·  
καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἐλεήμων ἐστίν.      Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ τοῦτον    209
ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς Τίς ἀναγκαιότατος τρόπος βασιλείας;  
Τὸ συντηρεῖν, εἶπεν, αὑτὸν ἀδωροδόκητον, καὶ νήφειν τὸ πλεῖον μέρος
τοῦ βίου, καὶ δικαιοσύνην προτιμᾷν, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους φιλοποιεῖ-
15 σθαι·   καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς φιλοδίκαιός ἐστιν.      Ἐπισημήνας καὶ    210
τοῦτον πρὸσ τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Τί τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐστὶ κατάστημα;  
ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ διαλαμβάνειν ὅτι πάντα διὰ παντὸς ὁ θεὸς ἐνεργεῖ
καὶ γινώσκει, καὶ οὐθὲν ἂν λάθοι ἄδικον ποιήσας ἢ κακὸν ἐργασά-
μενος ἄνθρωπος·   ὡς γὰρ θεὸς εὐεργετεῖ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον, οὕτως καὶ
20 σὺ μιμούμενος ἀπρόσκοπος ἂν εἴης.      Ἐπιφωνήσας δὲ τούτῳ    211
πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Τίς ὅρος τοῦ βασιλεύειν ἐστίν;   ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τὸ
καλῶς ἄρχειν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ μὴ τῷ πλούτῳ καὶ τῇ δόξῃ φερόμενον
ὑπερήφανον καὶ ἄσχημόν τι ἐπιθυμῆσαι, εἰ καλῶς λογίζοιο.   πάντα
γὰρ σοι πάρεστιν ὡς οὐδέν.   ὁθεὸς δὲ ἀπροσδεής ἐστι καὶ ἐπιεικής.

απεφηνατο] ειπε B απεκρινατο P | βουλη HGCZ | om τα BCTZ

πρασσεις KBCP    αμαρτ. και τους υποτεταγ. P    om τους 1º B CPTZ
νουθετεις KBPT    om αν Z* in Zcorr    om τε I    ουτε 1º]
ουδε Z | αικιαις (cf 3 Macc 6. 26) BT] αιτιαις HKCPZ αιτιας GIA
τον ανον HKB | om τε KB    11 δε] + και GI    12 om επυνθανετο
Ktxt ins post εξης Kmg | το] τον K | βασιλειας] pr της P    13 εαυτον P
14 φιλοπονεισθαι H    16 om τον BT | om της B | καταστημα εστιν Z
17 om δε K | διαπαντος] + οτι K | ενεργει και γινωσκει ο θσ P    19 θεος]
pr   ο P | om ολον P    20 τουτον CPZ    22 εαυτου] + και βασιλευειν εστι K
23 υπερηφανον] + τι BT*? (ras 2 litt) | om τι B | επιθυμησαι P] εννοησασθαι
επινοησαιο Z επιθυμησαιο cett    24 ως ουδεν] οσα δεον conj Wend.

καὶ σὺ καθόσον ἄνθρωπος ἐννόει, καὶ μὴ πολλῶν ὀρέγου, τῶν δὲ
ἱκανῶν πρὸς τὸ βασιλεύειν.      Κατεπαινέσας δὲ αὐτόν, ἐπηρώτα    212
τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν τὰ κάλλιστα διαλογίζοιτο;   ἀπεκρίθη δὲ ἐκεῖνος
Εἰ τὸ δίκαιον ἐπὶ παντὸς προβάλλοι συνεχῶς, καὶ νομίζοι τὴν
5 ἀδολίαν τοῦ ζῇν στέρησιν εἶναι·   καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς διὰ παντὸς τοῖς
δικαίοις ἀγαθὰ προσημαίνει μέγιστα.      Τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαινέσας    213
εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἑξῆς Πῶς ἂν ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις ἀτάραχος εἴη;   ὁ δὲ ἔφη
Δυσαπολόγητον ἡρώτηκας πρᾶγμα.   συναναφέρειν γὰρ οὐ δυνάμεθα
ἐν τούτοις τοῖς κατὰ τὸν ὕπνον ἑαυτούς. ἀλλὰ περιεχόμεθα ἀλογίστῳ
10 κατὰ   τάδε  αἰσθήσει.   πάσχομεν γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς    214
ὑποπίπτουσιν ὡς θεωρουμένοις·   ἀλογιστοῦμεν δέ, καθόσον ὑπολαμ-
βάνομεν καὶ ἐπὶ πέλαγος καὶ ἐν πλοίοις ἢ πολεῖν, ἢ πέτασθαι φερο-
μένους καὶ διαίρειν εἰς ἑτέρους τόπους, καὶ τοιαῦτα ἕτερα,  καὶ ὁ ταῦθ᾿
ὑπολαμβάνων μὴ καθεστάναι.   πλὴν ὅσον ἔμοιγε ἐφικτόν, οὕτω    215
15 διείληφα·   κατὰ πὰντα τρόπον σέ, βασιλεῦ, καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ τὰ
πραττόμενα πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἐπανάγειν, ὅπως   ἑαυτῷ   συμοστορῇς. ὅτι
τὸ κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν συντηρῶν οὔτε χαρίζεσθαι προαιρῇ παρὰ λόγον, οὐδὲ
ἐξουσίᾳ χρώμενος τὸ δίκαιον αἴρεις.   ἐπὶ πλεῖον γάρ, ἐν οἷς ἕκαςτος    216
πράγμασιν ἐγρηγορὼς τὴν διαγωγὴν ποιεῖται, καὶ καθ᾿ ὕπνον ἐν τοῖς
   20 αὐτοῖς ἡ διάνοια τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ἔχει,  ὡς δὲ  πάντα διαλογισμὸν
καὶ πρᾶξιν ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα τρεπομένην κατευθύνει καὶ ἐγρηγορὼς
καὶ ἐν ὕπνῳ.   διὸ καὶ περὶ σὲ διὰ παντός ἐστιν εὐστάθεια.   Κατ-    217
ευφημήσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον Ἐπεὶ σὺ δέκατος
τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἔχεις, ὡς ἂν ἀποφήνῃ, πρὸς τὸ δεῖπνον τραπησόμεθα.  

om τα B    ει] εις G ] προβαλοι P προβαλλει C προβαλοις G

προβαλλοις I | νομιζει P    om του ζην Z    τους υπνους P    10 ταδε] CPTZ
τηδε HKAPT τι δε GICZ τα τηδε B (τα excurrit in mg sed prima manu) |
πασχωμεν GIP | om την I    11 υπολαμβανομεν BCPT] υπολαμβανομενοι
cett    12 και 1º] om B | πολειν KGIBT] πωλειν HCPZ πλειν A (ν πολ.]
περιπολειν Wend.) | πετασθαι] + ημας B    13 και ο ταυθ—βασιλευ
(15) om Btxt ins in mg Brubr | ο] om K το P    14 υπολαμβανειν KGICPZ |
καθισταναι I   Locus perobscurus ? κατα ταυθ υπολαμβανομεν
καθεσταναι    15 τροπον παντα Z | σε] σοι KBT    16 εαυτω] εαυτου codd
17 om το B    18 αιρεις] αναιρεις P αιρης Z ερεις A    19 ποιηται P |
η διανοια εν τοις αθτοις BT    20 ως δε codd] Fortasse ως δ εχει
vel οσ δ εχει    21 κατευθυνεις Zcorr    24 τραπησωμεθα GICPZ

ἠρώτα δὲ Πῶς ἂν μηδὲν ἀνάξιον ἑαυτῶν πράσσοιμεν;   ὁ δὲ εἶπεν    218
Ἐπίβλεπε διὰ παντὸς εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ δόξαν καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχήν, ἴνα
τούτοις ἀκόλουθα καὶ λέγῃς καὶ διανοῇ, γινώσκων ὅτι πάντες ὧν
ἄρχεος [ερὶ σοῦ καὶ διανοοῦνται καὶ λαλοῦσιν.   οὐ γὰρ ἐλάχιστόν    219
5 σε δεῖ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν φαίνεσθαι·   τὸ γὰρ πρόσωπον,   ὃ δέον αὐτοῖς 
ἐστιν ὑποκρίνεσθαι, τοῦτο συνθεωροῦντες ἀκόλουθα πάντα πράσ-
σουσι·   σὺ δὲ οὐχ ὑπόκρισιν ἔχεις, ἀλλ᾿ ἀληθῶς βασιλεύεις, θεοῦ
δόντος σοι καταξίως τῶν τρόπων τὴν ἡγεμονίαν.      Τοῦ δὲ    220
βασιλέως εὖ μάλα συγκροτήσαντος μετὰ φιλοφροσύνης ἐπὶ πλείονα
10 χρόνον, τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καθυπνοῦν παρεκάλουν.   καὶ τὰ μὲν πρὸς
τούτους ὡς ἔληξεν, ἐπὶ τὴν ἑξῆς ἐτράπησαν τῆς συμποσίας

Τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ, τῆς αὐτῆς διατάξεως γενηθείσης, ὅτε καιρὸν ὑπε-

λάμβανεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶναι τοῦ πυνθάνεσθαί τι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἠρώτα
15 τὸν πρῶτον τῶν ἀπολιπόντων πὸς τὴν ἑξῆς ἐρώτησιν Τίς ἐστιν
ἀρχὴ κρατίστη;   ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ κρατεῖν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ μὴ συγκατα-    222
φέρεσθαι ταῖς ὁρμαῖς.   πᾶσι γὰρ ἀνθρώποις φυσικὸν εἶναι τὸ πρός
τι τὴν διάνοιαν ῥέπειν·   τοῖς μὲν οἶν πολλοῖς ἐπὶ τὰ βρωτὰ καὶ    223
ποτὰ καὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς εἰκός ἐστι κεκλίσθαι, τοῖς δὲ βασιλεῦσιν ἐπὶ
20 χώρας κατάκτησιν, κατὰ τὸ τῆς δόξης μέγεθος·   πλὴν ἐν πᾶσι
μετριότης καλόν.   ἃ δὲ ὁ θεὸς δίδωσι, ταῦτα λαμβάνων σύνεχε·  
τῶν δ᾿ ἀνεφίκτων μὴ ἐπιθύμει.      Τοῖς δὲ ῥηθεῖσιν ἀρεσθεὶς    224
πρὸς τὸν ἐχόμενον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς εἴη φθόνου;   διαλιπὼν δὲ
ἐκεῖνος ἔφη Πρῶτον εἰ νοήσαι, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς πᾶσι μερίζει δόξαν τε
25 καὶ πλούτου μέγεθος τοῖς βασιλεῦσι, καὶ οὐδεὶς περὶ ἑαυτόν ἐστι

αυτων CZ    λεγεις PZ    δει B] δια cett | ο δεον αυτοις conj

Schmidt] ουδε αυτο (αυτος B) codd    τουτο] + γαρ GI | συν (in CPTZ
συνθεωρουντες  sup lin T¹    τον τροπον Ztxt | ηγεμονειαν H
10 καθυπνουντας υπνουν GI | παρεκ. καθ. Z
11 τουτοις Z | εληξεν Schard] ελεξεν codd | επι] + τουτοις (post ras) Z |
ως εληξεν—εχομενη (13)] om H    13 υπελαβεν
CTZ    14 ηρωτα ex conj] πρωτα codd (επηρωτα Zcorr)    15 των απολιποντων
(-λειπ. P)] τον απολιποντα BCTZ + ηγε B | ερωτησιν] + εφη P
18 om την διαν. Z | βρωματα P    19 κεκλεισθαι PB*vid    20 κατα] και
Wend. | om το C    21 om ταυτα P | β συνεχε  α λαμβανων B* (corr B¹)
23 τως] ως Z | διαλειπων I    24 ει νοησαις Zcorr P (-ησσ.εννοησας B
25 πλουτον HGI | παρ εαυτον Wend.

βασιλεύς·   πάντες γὰρ θέλουσι μετασχεῖν ταότης τῆ δόξης, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ
δύνανται·   θεοῦ γάρ ἐστι δόμα.      Ἐπαινέσας δὲ τὸν ἄνδρα    225
διὰ πλειόνων ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν καταφρονοίη τῶν ἐχθρῶν;  
ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἠσκηκὼς πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εὔνοιαν καὶ κατεργα-
5 σάμενος φιλίας, λόγον οὐθενὸς ἂν ἔχπος·   τὸ δὲ κεχαριτῶσθαι πρὸς
πάντας ἀνθρώπους καὶ καλὸν δῶρον εἰληφέναι παρὰ θεοῦ τοῦτ᾿ ἔστι
κράτιστον.      Συναινέσας δὲ τούτοις τὸν ἑξῆς ἐκέλευσεν    226
ἀποκριθῆναι, πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰπών Πῶς ἂν δοξαζόμενος διαμένοι;   εἶπε
δέ Τῇ προθυμίᾳ καὶ ταῖς χάρισι πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους μεταοτικὸς ὢν
10 καὶ μεγαλομερὴς οὐδέποτ᾿ ἂν ἀπολίποι δόξης·   ἵνα δὲ τὰ προειρη-
μένα σοι διαμένῃ, τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦ διὰ παντός.      Εὐφη-    227
μήσας δὲ τοῦτον ἕτερον ἡρώτα Πῶς τινα δεῖ φιλότιμον εἶναι;  
ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Πρὸς τοὺς φιλικῶς ἔχοντας ἡμῖν οἴονται πάντες ὅτι
πρὸς τούτους δέον·   ἐγὼ δ᾿ ὑπολαμβάνω, πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιδοξοῦντας
15 φιλοτιμίαν δεῖν χαριστικὴν ἔχειν, ἵνα τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ μετάγωμεν
αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ καθῆκον καὶ συμφέρον ἑαυτοῖς.   δεῖ δὲ τὸν θεὸν
λιτανεύειν, ἵνα ταῦτ᾿ ἐπιτελῆται·   τὰς γὰρ ἀπάντων διανοίας
κρατεῖ.      Ζθνομολογέσας δὲ τούτοις τὸν ἕκτον ἐκέλευσεν    228
ἀποφήνασθαι πυνθανόμενος Τίσι δεῖ χαρίζεσθαι;   ἐκεῖνος δ᾿
20 ἀπεκρίθη Γονεῦσι διὰ παντός, καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς πεποίηται ἐντολὴν
μεγίστην περὶ τῆς τῶν γονέων τιμῆς.   ἑπομένως δὲ τὴν τῶν φίλων
ἐγκρίνει διάθεσιν, προσονομάσας  .  σὺ
δὲ καλῶς ποιεῖς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς φιλίαν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καθ-
    ιστῶν.      Παρακαλέσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἐπυνθάνετο καὶ τοῦ    229
25 μετέπειτα Τί καλλονῆς ἄξιόν ἐστιν;   ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εὐσέβεια.   καὶ
γὰρ αὕτη καλλονή τίς ἐστι πρωτεύουσα.   τὸ δὲ δυνατὸν αὐτῆς

δυναντ αν Z    φιλιαν Z    om και GI    ειπων] ειπεν GIC

ειπας Z | πως] ως Z    προμηθεια K | μεταδοτ. ων προς τους αλλους B CPTZ
10 απολειποι P    11 διαμενοι A    12 πως] προς Wend. | δει sup lin scr
Z*vid    13 οιονται] οιον και K    15 δει BP | εχειν] ειναι B | τροπω]
προσωπω CZ    17 επιτελειται C    18 συνομολογησασθαι P et (δε omisso)
Z*    19 om δ Z    20 απεκριθη] ειπε Z    21 επομενος P    22 εγκρινειν Z
23 προς εαυτον] εαυτω P    24 και 1º] om B    26 om τις PZ προτερευουσα
προτευουσα GI | βεστιν  ααυτης B* (corr B¹)

ἐστιν ἀγάπη·   αὕτη γὰρ θεοῦ δόσις ἐστίν·   ἣν καὶ σὺ κέκτησαι πάντα
περιέχωμ ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ ἀγαθά.      Λίαν δὲ φιλοφρόνως ἐπικρο-    230
τήσας εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν πταίσας πάλιν τῆς αὐτῆς
κρατήσαι δόξης;   ὁ δὲ ἔφη Σὲ μὲν οὐ δυνατόν ἐστι πταῖσαι, πᾶσι
5 γὰρ χάριτας ἔσπαρκας, αἳ βλαστάνουσιν εὔνοιαν, ἣ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν
ὅπλων κατισχύουσα περιλαμβάνει τὴν μεγίστην ἀσφάλειαν·   εἰ δὲ    231
τινες πταίουσιν, ἐφ᾿ οἷς πταίουσιν, οὐκέτι χρὴ ταῦτα πρύσσειν, ἀλλὰ
φιλίαν κατακτησαμένους δικαιοπραγεῖν.   θεοῦ δὲ δῶρον ἀγαθῶν
ἐργάτην εἶναι καὶ μὴ τῶν ἐναντίων.      Συναρεσθεὶς δὲ τούτοις    232
10 πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς γένοιτο λύπης   ὁ δὲ ἔφησεν Εἰ
μηδένα βλάπτοι, πάντας δὲ ὡφελοῖ, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ κατακολουθῶν·  
τοὺς γὰρ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς καρποὺς ἀλυπίαν κατσκευάζειν.   ἱκετεύειν δὲ    233
τὸν θεόν, ἵνα μὴ τὰ παρὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἡμῶν ἀνακύπτοντα
βλάπτῃ, λέγω δὴ οἷον θάνατοί τε καὶ νόσοι καὶ λῦπαι καὶ τὰ
15 τοιαῦτα.  αὐτῷ   δὲ σοὶ εὐσεβεῖ καθεστῶτο τούτων οὐδὲν ἂν
προσέλθοι.      Καλῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἐπαινέσας τὸν δέκατον ἡρώτα    234
Τί μέγιστόν ἐστι δόξης;   ὁ δὲ εἶπε Τὸ τιμᾷν τὸν θεόν·   τοῦτο δ᾿
ἐστὶν οὐ δώροις οὐδὲ θυσίαις, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς καθαρότητι καὶ διαλήψεως
ὁσίας, καθὼς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα κατασκευάζεται καὶ διοικεῖται
20 κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ βούλησιν·   ἣν καὶ σὺ διατελεῖς ἔχων γνώμην, ᾗ
πάρεστι σημειοῦσθαι πᾶσιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπὸ σοῦ συντετλεσμένων καὶ
συντελουμένων.      Μετὰ μείζονος δὲ φωνῆς πάντας αὐτοὺς ὁ    235
βασιλεὺς ἡσπάζετο καὶ παρεκάλει, συνεπιφωνούντων τῶν παρόντων,
μάλιστα δὲ τῶν φιλοσόφων.   καὶ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγωγαῖς καὶ τῷ λόγῳ
25 πολὺ προέχοντες αὐτῶν ἦσαν, ὃς ἂν ἀπὸ θεοῦ τὴν καταρχὴν ποιού-
μενοι.   μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὁ βασιλεύς εἰς τὸ φιλοφρονεῖσθαι προῆλθε
διὰ τῶν προπόσεων.

γαρ] δε B | θῡ δοσις BCPT] θεοδοσιος cett    αυτη] εαυτη K αυτω

B* εαυτω B¹ txt cett    της αυτης παλιν P    εσπερκας HA | ευνοιαν] CPTZ
(+ ει δε τινες πταιουσιν· εφ οις πταιουσι K* (del rubricator)    8
κτησαμενους BT | αγαθον CT*Z    συναρκεσθεις B    10 εφησεν]
εφη AP    11 βλαπτοι] λυπειται Zvid (fin ex corr) | ωφελει KT οφελοιη P
12 αυτους K    13 om τα KBCTZ    14 βλαπτοι CPZ | λεγω δη (δε Z)] om P |
om αυτω—καθεστωτι] ευσεβει δε σοι οντι P    19 καθως—κατα (20)]
om HKAGI    22 δε μειζονος Z    25 προσεχοντες BZ | αυτω B* | ησαν P]
om cett    27 προποσεων BTHcorrπραιποσιτων PKcorr προποσετων cett

Τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῆς διατάξεως τοῦ συμποσίου

γενομένης, καθὼς εὔκαιρον ἐγένετο τῷ βασιλεῖ, τοὺς ἑξῆς ἡρώτα τῶν
προαποκεκριμένων, εἶπε δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ Τὸ φρονεῖν εἰ διδακτόν ἐστιν;  
ὃς δ᾿ εἶπε Ψυχῆς ἐστι κατασκευὴ διὰ θείας δυνάμεως ἐπιδέχεσθαι
5 πᾶν τὸ καλόν, ἀποστρέφεσθαι δὲ τἀναντία.      Συνομολογήσας    237
δὲ τὸν ἐχόμενον ἡρώτα Τί πρὸς ὑγείαν μάλιστα συντείνει;   ἐκεῖνος
δὲ ἔφη Σωφροσύνη·   ταύτης δὲ οὐκ ἔστι τυχεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ θεὸς κατα-
σκευάσῃ τὴν διάνοιαν εἰς τοῦτο.      Παρακαλέσας δὲ τοῦτον πρὸς    238
τὸν ἕτερον ἔφη Πῶς ἂν γονεῦσι τὰς ἀξίας ἀποδῴη χάριτας;   ὃς δὲ
10 εἶπε Μηδὲν αὐτοὺς λυπήσας·   τοῦτο δ᾿ οὐκ ἔστιν, εἰ μὴ θεὸς τῆς δια-
νοίας ἡγεμὼν γένοιτο πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα.      Προσεπινεύσας δὲ    239
τούτῳ τὸν ἑξῆς ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φιλήκοος εἴη;   ἐκεῖνος δὲ εἶπε Δια-
λαμβ̩άνων ὅτι πάντα συμφέρει γινώσκειν, ὅπως ἂν πρὸς τὰ συμ-
βαίνοντα ἐκλεγόμενός τι τῶν ἡκροαμένων ἀμιθυπτοιθεὶς πρὸς τὰ τῶν
15 καιρῶν  ἂν ἀντιπράσσηται , σὺν χειραγωγίᾳ θεοῦ·   τοῦτο δ᾿ ἐστίν,
αἱ τῶν πράξεων τελειώσεις ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ.      Τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαινέσας    240
πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν μηθὲν παρά̩νομον  πράσσοι;   πρὸς τοῦτο
ἔφησε Γινώσκων ὅτι τὰς ἐπινοίας ὁ θεὸς ἔδωκε τοῖς νομοθετὴσασι
πρὸς τὸ σώζεσθαι τοὺς βίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀκόλουθος εἴης
20 ἂν αὐτοῖς.      Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἕτερον εἶπε Τίς    241
ὠφέλεια συγγενείας ἐστίν;   ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Ἐὰν τοῖς συμβαίνουσι
νομίζωμεν ἀτυχοῦσι μὲν ἐλαττοῦσθαι, καὶ κακοπαθῶμεν ὡς αὐτοί,
φαίνεται τὸ συγγενὲς ὅσον ἰσχῦόν ἐστι—τελουμένων δὲ τούτων καὶ    242
δόξα καὶ προκοπὴ παρὰ τοῖς τοιούτοις ὑπάρξει·   τὸ γάρ συνεργὲς

γενομενου BT | τους] τοις I    αποκεκριμενων T    δια] και P

εκεινο B* εκεινος B¹    εαν] ει A | κατασκευασει HAGCZ*    om δε CPTZ
BCPTZ    ειπε Z | αποδων G αποδωση Z | γονευσιν αποδωη τας αξ. χαρ.
B    10 λυπησας P] λυπησαι cett | της διανοιας ηγεμων bis scripsit K
12 om αν C | ειη] pr αν Z | διαλαμβανειν B    13 συμφερειν T
14 ανθυποτιθης T (Wend.) txt (αντ. GICA) cett
15 αν αντιπρασσηται] αντιπρασσηται
G (αν τι πρασσ.) IB txt (fort recte) cett (ἃν ἀντ. Wend.) | συγχειραγωγια
A*GITZ | εστιν αι] εστι και P    16 η των πρ. τελειωσις T* | ? εισιν
υπ αυτου    17 πρασσοι παρα τον νομον BCPTZ    18 δεδωκε P    19 ειης]
pr αν BTZ* (post ras)    20 om αν BT | αυτον] τουτον P | ετερον] pr τον
HPZ    22 νομιζωμεν KAcorr Bcorr T] νομιζομεν cett | ατυχουσι KAcorr BPT
ατυχωσι cett | ως αυτοι BCcorr Tcorrως αυτον PC*T*vid ως αυτων cett
(? ωσαυτως)    23 οσον—συνεργες (24)] om Btxt ins Bmg | om και P
24 υπαρχει GI | συγγενες BcorrT

εὐνόως γινόμενον ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ἀδιάλυτον πρὸς ἅπαντα—μετὰ δὲ εὐη-
μερίας, μηδὲν προσδεῖσθαι τῶν ἐκείνων·   ἀλλὰ δέον  θεὸν   ἱκετεύειν,
πάντα ἀγαθοποιεῖν.      Ὡσαύτως δὲ ἐκείνοις ἀποδεξάμενος    243
αὐτὸν ἄλλον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἀφοβία γίνεται;   εἶπε δέ Συνιστορούσης
5 τῆς διανοίας μηδὲν κακὸν πεπραχέναι, θεοῦ κατευθύνοντος εἰς τὸ
καλῶς ἅπαντα βουλεύεσθαι.      Τούτῳ δὲ ἐπιφωνήσας πρὸς    244
ἄλλον εἶπε Πῶσ ἂν προχείρως ἔχοι τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον;   ὁ δὲ εἶπεν
Εἰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώτων ἀτυχήματα διὰ παντὸς ἐπιβλέποι·   γινώσκων
ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀφαιρεῖται τὰς εὐημερίας, ἑτέρους δὲ δοξάζων εἰς τὸ
10 τιμᾶσθαι προάγει.      Καλῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἀποδεξάμενος τὸν    245
ἑξῆς ἀποκριθῆναι παρεκάλει Πῶς ἂν μὴ εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν, μηδὲ ἐπὶ τὰς
ἡδονὰς τρέποιτο;   ὁ δέ Προχείρως ἔχων, εἶπεν, ὅτι μεγάλης
βασιλείας κατάρχει καὶ πολλῶν ὄχλων ἀφηγεῖται, καὶ οὐ δεῖ περὶ
ἕτερόν τι τὴν διάνοιαν εἶναι, τῆς δὲ τούτων ἐπιμελείας φροντίζειν·  
15 θεὸν δὲ ἀξιοῦν, ὅπως μηθὲν ἐλλίπῃ τῶν καθηκόντων.      Ἐπαι-    246
νέσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον τὸν δέκατον   ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἐπιγινώσκοι   τοὺς
δόλῳ τινὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν πράσσοντας;   ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο πρὸς τοῦτο Εἰ
παρατηροῖτο τὴν ἀγωγὴν ἐλευθέριον οὖσαν, καὶ τὴν εὐταξίαν διαμέ-
νουσαν ἐν τοῖς ἀσπασμοῖς καὶ συμβουλίαις καὶ τῇ λοιπῇ συνανα-
20 στροφῇ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ, καὶ μηθὲν ὑπερτείνοντας τοῦ δέοντος ἐν ταῖς
φιλοφρονήσεσι καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀγωγήν.   θεὸς δὲ    247
τὴν διάνοιαν   ἄξει  σοι, βασιλεῦ, πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα.      Συγ-
κροτήσας πάντας τ᾿ ἐπαινέσας κατ᾿ ὄνομα, καὶ τῶν παρόντων ταὐτὰ
ποιούντων, ἐπὶ τὸ μέλπειν ἐτράπησαν.

διαλυτον Z    θεον ins. Mend.    ις in εκεινοις sup

ras T    πως ex οπως Tvid | om ειπε δε K    απαντας G | τουτο CPTZ
P    εχη τον βορθον λογον απροχειρως B | εχει CZ    επιβλεπει BP
13 καταρχη Z | om οχλων B    15 ελλειπει B* ελλειπη Bcorr PT
16 ερωτα codd | αν επιγινωσκοι] επιγινωσκοι B επιγινωσκει (-εις Z) cett
17 δολον τινα Acorr | πρασσοντας προς αυτον BT | προς τουτο (τουτον B*
Tcorr vid απεφηνατο P    18 αυταξιαν KI (ευ sup ras H)    19 συμβουλιαις
(-ειαις GICZ)] συμβουλιας HK (-ειας) A*    20 μηδεν HKBP |
υπερτεινειν P υπερτεινοντ B* (ας add Bcorrυπερτεινωνται Zcorr    22
διανοιαν] δι ανοι C | εξει codd | συγκροτησας} + δε B ουν και P
cum praecedd conj cett ο δε βασιλευς συγκροτησας edd pr (cod Mon)
23 τ (τε C) om P | τα αυτα Bvid T

Τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ τὸν καιρὸν λαβὼν ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἑξῆς Τίς ἐστιν

ἀμέλεια μεγίστη;   πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ ἔφη Εἰ τέκνων ἄφροντίς τις εἴη, καὶ μὴ
κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀγαγεῖν   σπεύδοι  ·   εὐχόμεθα γὰρ ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸν
θεόν, οὐχ οὕτως περὶ ἑαυτῶν ὡς περὶ τῶν ἐγγόνων, ἵνα παρῇ πάντα
5 αὐτοῖς τὰ ἀγαθά.   τὸ δὲ ἐπιδεῖσθαι παιδία σωφροσύνης μετασχεῖν,
θεοῦ δυνάμει τοῦτο γίνεται.      Φήσας δὲ εὐλογεῖν ἄλλον    249
ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φιλόπατρις εἴη;   Προτιθέμενος, εἶπεν, ὅτι καλὸν ἐν
ἰδίᾳ καὶ ζῇν καὶ τελευτᾷν.   ἡ δὲ ξενία τοῖς μὲν πένησι καταφρόνησιν
ἐργάζεται, τοῖς δὲ πλουσίοις ὄνειδος, ὡς διὰ κακίαν ἐκπεπτωκόσιν.  
10 εὐεργετῶν οὖν ἅπαντας, καθὼς συνεχῶς τοῦτ᾿ ἐπιτελεῖς, θεοῦ διδόντος
σοὶ πρὸς πάντας χάριν, φιλόπατρις φανήσῃ.      Τούτου δὲ    250
ἀκούσας τοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἐξῆς ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς  ἂν   ἁρμόσαι γυναικί;  
Γινώσκων  ὅτι μὲν θρασύ ἐστιν, ἔφη, τὸ θῆλυ γένος, καὶ δραστικὸν
ἐφ᾿ ὃ βούλεται πρᾶγμα, καὶ μεταπῖπτον εὐκόπως διὰ παραλογισμοῦ,
15 καὶ τῇ φύσει κατεσκεύασται ἀσθενές·   δέον δ᾿ ἐστὶ κατὰ τὸ ὑγιὲς
χρῆσθαι, καὶ μὴ πρὸς ἔριν ἀντιπράσσειν.   κατορθοῦται γὰρ βίος,    251
ὅταν ὁ κυβερνῶν εἰδῇ, πρὸς τίνα σκοπὸν δεῖ τὴν διέξοδον ποιεῖ-
σθαι.   θεοῦ δ᾿ ἐπικλήσει καὶ βίος κυβερνᾶται κατὰ πάντα.      Συν-    252
ανθομολογησάμενος δὲ τούτῳ τὸν ἑξῆς ἠρώτα Πῶς   ἂν   ἀναμάρ-
20 τητος εἴη;   ὁ δὲ ἔφησεν Ὡς ἅπαντα πράσσων καὶ μετὰ διαλογισμοῦ
καὶ μὴ πειθόμενος διαβολαῖς, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτὸς ὢν δοκιμαστὴς τῶν λεγο-
μένων καὶ κρίσει κατευθύνων τὰ τῶν ἐντεύξεων καὶ διὰ κρίσεως
ἐπιτελῶν ταῦτα ἀναμάρτητος, ἔφησεν, ἂν εἴης, ὦ βασιλεῦ.   τὸ δ᾿
ἐπινοεῖν ταῦτα καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἀναστρ͓φεσθαι θείας δυνάμεώς ἐστιν

αφροντις τισ ειη P] αφροντις (αφροστις G) τισ ει GIK αφροντις τις η

cett    σπευδοι] σπευδη B om cett (spat 5 vel 6 litt hab T)    εκγονων CPTZ
A | om παρη P    επιδεσθαι conj Wend. | παιδια P teste Wend. |
παιδειαν cett    προστιθεμενος B    ξενιτεια Wend. (ξενητια cod Mon)
εκπεπτωκασιν C    11 φανησει P | om δε P    12 κατα το (κατα τον H)]
om P | om αν codd | αρμωσει P    13 γινωσκων] om codd ex conj supplevi |
θρασυ—γενος] φησι θρασυ το θηλυ γενος εστι P | εστιν εφη TBrubricator
(εστι B*)] εστι cett    14 om και P | μεταπιπτων GI | ευκολως P
15 και] καν K | κατεσκευασθη P -σθαι CZ    16 εριν] αιρειν GI | ερριν PZ
17 ο κυβερνων K] om P κυβερνων cett | ηδη H ιδη KA | διεξοδον BCTZ]
εξοδον cett    18 κατα] και τα I | παν C | συναντομ. AGICZ    19 τουτω]
τουτον PCZ | om αν codd    20 εφησεν Ως] εφη Σεμνως conj Mend. |
απαν H*A (απαντ Hcorr) | om και P | μετα partim sup ras I    23 om
εφησεν P

ἔργον.      Διαχυθεὶς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις τὸν ἕτερον ἠρώτα    253
Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς θυμοῦ γένοιτο;   πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ εἶπε Γινώσκων ὅτι πάντων
ἐξουσίαν ἔχει, καὶ, εἰ χρήσαιτο θυμῷ, θάνατον ἐπιφέρει·   ὅπερ ἀνω-
φελὲς καὶ ἀλγεινόν ἐστιν, εἰ τὸ ζῇν ἀφελεῖται πολλῶν, διὰ τὸ κύριον
5 εἶναι.   πάντων δ᾿ ὑπηκόων ὄντων καὶ μηδενὸς ἐναντιουμένου, τίνος    254
χάριν θυμωθήσεται;   γινώσκειν δὲ δεῖ, διότι θεὸς τὸν πάντα κόσμον
διοικεῖ μετ᾿ εὐμενείας καὶ χωρὶς ὀργῆς ἁπάσης·   τούτῳ δὲ κατακο-
λουθεῖν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστί σε, ἔφησεν, ὦ βασιλεῦ.      Καλῶς    255
δὲ ἀποκεκρίσθαι φήσας τοῦτον ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ μετέπειτα Τί ἐστιν
10 εὐβουλία;   Τὸ καλῶς ἅπαντα πράσσειν, ἀπεφήνατο, μετὰ διαλογι-
σμοῦ, κατὰ τὴν βουλὴν παρατιθέντα καὶ  τὰ   βλαβερὰ τῶν κατὰ
τὸ ἐναντίον τοῦ λόγου διάστημα, ἵνα πρὸς ἕκαστον ἐπινοήσαντες
ὦμεν εὖ βεβουλευμένοι, καὶ τὸ προτεθὲν ἡμῖν ἐπιτελῆται.   τὸ δ᾿ αὖ
κράτιστον, θεοῦ δυνατείᾳ πᾶν βούλευμα  τελείωσιν ἕξει   σοι
15 τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἀσκοῦντι.      Κατωρθωκέναι δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἰπὼν    256
ἄλλον ἠρώτα¶ Τί ἐστι φιλοσοφία;   Τὸ καλῶς διαλογίζεσθαι πρὸς    ¶ C
ἕκαστον τῶν συμβαινόντων, ἀπεφήνατο, καὶ μὴ ἐκφέρεσθαι ταῖς
ὁρμαῖς, ἀλλὰ τὰς βλάβας καταμελετᾷν τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐκβαι-
νούσας, καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὸν καιρὸν πράσσειν δεόντως μετριοπαθῆ καθε-
20 στῶτα.   ἵνα δ᾿ ἐπίστασιν τούτων λαμβάνωμεν, θεραπεύειν δεῖ τὸν
θεόν.      Ἐπισημήνας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἕτερον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν    257
ἀποδοχῆς   ἐν ξενιτείᾳ   τυγχάνοι;   Πᾶσιν ἴσος γινόμενος, ἔφη, καὶ
μᾶλλον ἥττων ἢ καθυπερέχων φαινόμενος πρὸς οὓς ξενιτεύει.  
κοινῶς γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὸ ταπεινούμενον προσδέχεται κατὰ φύσιν, καὶ τὸ
25 τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος τοὺς ὑποτασσομένους φιλανθρωπεῖ.      Ἐπι-    258
μαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτοις ἄλλον ἡρώτα Πῶς    ἂν κατασκευάσῃ καὶ

γινωσκειν I    εχεις A | χρησαι τω P | θυμου HKAGICZ | επιφερειν

B    δε P] om cett | διοτι] οτι KBT    τουτο PZ | κατακολουθειν] CPTZ
σε P    σε] om P σοι Hcorr | om εφησεν ω K    10 πραττειν B |
μετα] + δε Z    11 τα κατα την ιδιαν βουλην παρατιθεντας B | om τα
codd | om των B    13 επιτελειται CPZ    14 τελειωσιν εξει σοι conj
Mend.] τεως συνεξει σοι BT ιν εξισοι Z τεως ιν (ινα C) εξισοι cett
15 κατορθωκεναι HKGICZ | ειπας HGICZ    17 εκαστα BPTZ    19 τα] τας B*
20 δειν B* δὲ (pro δεον ?) K txt cett    21 επισημανας P (-μειν. Z*)
22 εν ξενιτ. Mend.] η ξενιτεια codd | τυγχανη PT -νει Z | γινομενος P]
γενομ. cett    23 ηττον GIZ* | ξενιτευη BT    24 om και B
25 γενος] + και B | φιλοφρονει B    26 α αν] ἂν codd ἅν Wend.

μετὰ τοῦτο διαμένῃ;   πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ εἶπεν Εἰ μεγάλα καὶ σεμνὰ ταῖς
ποιήσεσιν ἐπιτελοῖ, πρὸς τὸ φείσασθαι τοὺς θεωροῦντας διὰ τὴν
καλλονήν, καὶ μηθένα τῶν κατεργαζομένων τὰ τοιαῦτα παραπέμποι,
μηδὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀμισθὶ συντελεῖν ἀναγκάζοι τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν.  
5 διανοούμενος γὰρ ὡς θεὸς πολυωρεῖ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, χορη-    259
γῶν αὐτοῖς καὶ ὑγείαν καὶ εὐαισθησίαν καὶ τὰ λοιπά καὶ αὐτὸς
ἀκόλουθόν τι πράξει τῶν κακοπαθειῶν ἀποδιδοὺς τὴν ἀντάμειψιν.  
τὰ γὰρ ἐκ δικαιοσύνης τελούμενα, ταῦτα καὶ διαμένει.      Εὖ    260
δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἰρηκέναι φήσας τὸν δέκατον ἡρώτα Τί ἐστι σοφίας
10 καρπός;   ὁ δὲ εἶπε Τὸ μὴ συνιστορεῖν ἑαυτῷ κακὸν πεπραχότι, τὸν
    δὲ βίον ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διεξάγειν.   ἐκ τούτων γὰρ κρατίστη χαρὰ καὶ    261
ψυχῆς εὐστάθειά σοι γίνεται, μέγιστε βασιλεῦ, καὶ ἐλπίδες ἐπὶ θεῷ
καλαὶ κρατοῦντί σοι τῆς ἀρχῆς εὐσεβῶς.      Ὡς δὲ συνήκουσαν
πάντες ἐπεφώνησαν σὺν κρότῳ πλείονι.   καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πρὸς τὸ
15 προπιεῖν ὁ βασιλεὺς [λαμβάνειν] ἐτράπη, χαρᾷ πεπληρωμένος.

Τῇ δ᾿ ἑξῆς καθὼς πρότερον ἡ διάταξις ἦν τῶν κατὰ τὸν πότον

ἐπιτελουμένων, καιροῦ δὲ γενομένου τοὺς ἀπολιπόντας ὁ βασιλεὺς
ἐπηρώτα.   πρὸς τὸν πρῶτον δὲ ἔφη Πῶς ἂν μὴ τραπείη τις εἰς
ὑπερηφανίαν;   ἀπεκρίθη δέ Εἰ τὴν ἰσότητα τηροῖ, καὶ παῤ ἕκαστον    263
20 ἑαυτὸν ὑπομιμνήσκοι, καθὼς ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἀνθρώπων ἡγεῖται.   καὶ
ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους καθαιρεῖ, τοὺς δὲ ἐπιεικεῖς καὶ ταπεινοὺς
ὑψοῖ.      Παρακαλέσας δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν ἑξῆς ἐπηρώτα Τίσι δεῖ    264
συμβούλοις χρῆσθαι;   τοῖς διὰ πολλῶν, ἔφη, πεπειραμένοις πραγ-
μάτων καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν συντηροῦσιν ἀκέραιον πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν
25 τρόπων ὅσοι μετέχουσιν αὐτῷ.   θεοῦ δὲ ἐπιφάνεια γίνεται πρὸς τὰ

διαμενει Wend. | προς τουτ—επιτελοι (2)] om HKA    επιτελοιη P |

τας θ. Z    μηδενα GI | παραπεμπει P    αμισθοι Z | αναγκαζει P CPTZ
αυτος] αυτοις A    διαμενοι B    11 διεξαγειν P] διαγειν B διεξαγαγειν
cett | χαρα κρατιστη B    13 κρατουν Z*    15 πιειν AB | λαμβανειν
(-νην P)} hab codd omn  Fort cf πιειν δουναι etc vel προποσιν pro
προπιειν legendum | χαρας KBP χαρα τι Z    16 το δ εξης B | καθως] +
και B | κατα των τοπων Z    17 γινομενου KAGI    18 επηρωτα BPT] επερτα
cett | τραπειη BT] τραποιη PZ τραπη K τραποι cett | om εις P    19 τηρει
BPT    20 υπομιμνησκει BPT    21 ο] ως B    22 ηρωτα B επερωτα Z txt cett |
δει ex δε vel δη fact in B    23 εφη P] om cett post πραγματων ins
Zcorr    24 τον τροπον H    25 θεου—αξιοις (1, pag 565)] om BPTZ

τοιαῦτα τοῖς ἀξίοις.      Ἐπαινέσας δὲ αὐτὸν ἄλλον ᾐρώτα Τίς    265
ἐστι βασιλεῖ κτῆσις ἀναγκαιοτάτη;   Τῶν ὑπροτεταγμένων φιλαν-
θρωπία καὶ ἀγάπησις, ἀπεκρίνατο.   διὰ γὰρ τούτων ἄλυτος εὐνοίας
δεσμὸς γίνεται.   τὸ δὲ γένεσθαι κατὰ προαίρεσιν ταῦτα ὁ θεὸς
5 ἐπιτελεῖ.      Κατεπαινέσας δὲ αὐτὸν ἑτέρου διεπυνθάνετο    266
Τί πέρας ἐστὶ λόγου;   κἀκεῖνος δὲ ἔφησε Τὸ πεῖσαι τὸν ἀντιλέγοντα,
διὰ τῆς ὑποτεταγμένης τάξεως τὰς βλάβας ἐπιδεικνύντα·   οὕτω γὰρ
λήψῃ τὸν ἀκροατὴν οὐκ ἀντικείμενος, συγχρώμενος δὲ ἐπαίνῳ πρὸς
τὸ πεῖσαι.   θεοῦ δὲ ἐνεργείᾳ κατευθύνεται πειθώ.      Εὖ δὲ    267
10 λέγειν φήσας αὐτὸν ἕτερον ἡρώτα Πῶς ἄν, παμμιγῶν ὄχλων ὄωτων
ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ, τούτοις   ἁρ μόσαι;   Τὸ πρέπον ἑκάστῳ συνυποκρινό-
μενος, εἶπε, καθηγεμόνα λαμβάνων δικαιοσύνην·   ὡς καὶ ποιεῖς θεοῦ
σοι διδόντος εὖ λογίζεσθαι.      Φιλοφρονηθε̥ς δὲ τούτῳ πρὸς    268
τὸν ἕτερον εἶπεν Ἐπὶ τίσι δεῖ λυπεῖσθαι;   πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίθη Τὰ
15 συμβαίνοντα τοῖς φίλοις ὅταν θεωρῶμεν πολυχρόνια καὶ ἀνέκφευκτα
γινόμενα. τελευτήσασι μὲν γὰρ καὶ κακῶν ἀπολελυμένοις οὐχ
ὑπογράφει λύπην ὁ λόγος·   ἀλλὰ ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς ἀναφέροντες καὶ τὸ
πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς συμφέρον λυποῦνται πάντες ἄνθρωποι. τὸ δ᾿ ἐκφυγεῖν
πᾶν κακὸν θεοῦ δυνάμει γίνεται.      Ὡς ἔδει δὲ φήσας αὐτὸν    269
20 ἀποκρίνεσθαι πρὸς ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἀδοξία γίνεται;   ἐκεῖνος δὲ
ἔφησεν Ὅταν ὑπερηφανία καθηγῆται καὶ θράσος ἄληκτον, ἀτιμα-
σμὸς ἐπιφύεται καὶ δόξης ἀναίρεσις.   θεὸς δὲ δόξης πάσης κυριεύει,
ῥέπων οὗ βούλεται.      Καὶ τούτῳ δ᾿ ἐπικυρώσας τὰ τῆς ἀπο-    270
κρίσεως τὸν ἑξῆς ἡρώτα Τίσι δεῖ πιστεύειν ἑαυτόν;   Τοῖς διὰ τὴν
25 εὔνοιαν, εἶπε, συνοῦσί σοι, καὶ μή διὰ τὸν φόβον μηδὲ διὰ πολυ-

τις] τι I    βασιλει] βασιλικη A | κτισις GI    ταυτα κατα

προαιρεσιν B    επιτελοι Z | ετερου] τον ετερον BTZ | επυνθανετο BZ PTZ
επιδεικνυντας HGIPZ υποδεικνυντας K    ληψει AP ληψ Ztxt (ληψαι
Zmg) | αντικειμενον BPTZ    10 φησας] πεισας Ztxt ειπας Zmg | ετερον] pr
τον K    11 αρμοσει B* (-ση Bcorrαρμοση cett    13 τουτο PZtxt (τουτον
Zmg fort recte cf 198) text cett    14 λυπησθαι P    15 ανευφευκτα HGI
ανεκφευτα T ανεφευκτα Z ανεκφυκτα B txt KAP    17 το προς εαυτους]
προς το εαυτοις P    19 δυναμεως BT    20 αποκρινασθαι
GIBvid Tfort ex corr    21 καθηγειται GIA    22 αναιρεσις BPT] αιρεσις
cett | απασης P    23 τουτο Z | τα] τας GI    25 ειπε] εφη BT

ωρίαν, ἐπανάγουσι πάντα πρὸς τὸ κεφδαίνειν.   τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀγα-
πήσεως σημεῖον, τὸ δὲ δυσνοίας καὶ καιροτηρησίας·   ὃς γὰρ ἐπὶ
τὸ πλεονεκτεῖν  ὁρμᾶται   προδότης πέφυκε.   σὺ δὲ πάντας εὐνόους
    ἔχεις θεοῦ σοι καλὴν βουλὴν διδόντος.      Σοφῶς δὲ αὐτὸν    271
5 εἰπὼν ἀποκεκρίσθαι, ἑτέρῳ εἶπε Τί βασιλείαν διατηρεῖ;   πρὸς τοῦτ᾿
ἔφη Μέριμνα καὶ φροντίς, ὡς οὐδὲν κακουργηθήσεται διὰ τῶν ἀπο-
τεταγμέων εἰς τοὺς ὄχλους ταῖς χρείαις·   καθὼς σὺ τοῦτο πράσσεις
θεοῦ σοι τὴν σεμνὴν ἐπίνοιαν διδόντος.      Θαρσύνας δὲ τοῦτον    272
ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Τί διαφυλάσσει χάριτα καὶ τιμήν;   ὁ δὲ εἶπεν
10 Ἀρετή.   καλῶν γὰρ ἔργων ἐστὶν ἐπιτέλεια, τὸ δὲ κακὸν ἀποτρίβε-
ται·   καθὼς σὺ διατηρεῖς τὴν πρὸς ἅπαντας καλοκἀγθίαν παρὰ
    θεοῦ δῶρον τοῦτ᾿ ἔχων.      Κεχαρισμένως δὲ δαὶ τοῦτον ἀπο-    273
δεξάμενος τὸν ἑνδέκατον ἐπηρώτα (διὰ τὸ δύο πλεονάζειν τῶν ἑβδο-
μήκοντα) Πῶς ἂν κατὰ ψυχὴν καὶ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις εἰρηνικῶς ἔχοι;  
15 ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Διαλαμβάνων ὅτι κακὸν οὐδὲν εἴργασται τῶν ὑπο-
τεταγμένων οὐθενί, πάντες δὲ ἀγωνιοῦνται περὶ τῶν εὐεργετημά-
των, εἰδότες, κἂν ἐκ τοῦ ζῇν ἀποτρέχωσιν, ἐπιμελητήν σε τῶν
βίων.   οὐ γὰρ διαλείπεις ἐπανορθῶν ἅπαντας τοῦ θεοῦ σοι καλο-    274
φροσύνην δεδωκότος.      Ἐπισημήνας δὲ κρότῳ πάντας αὐτοὺς
20 ἀπεδέξατο φιλοφρονούμενος, καὶ προπίνων ἑκάστῳ πλεῖόν τι πρὸς
τὸ τερφθῆναι   ἐτράπη ,  μετ᾿ εὐφροσύνης τοῖς ἀνδράσι συνὼν καὶ
χαρᾶς πλείονος.

Τῇ ἑβδόμῃ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν, πλείονος παρασκευῆς γενομένης,

προσπαραγινομένων πλειόνων ἑτέρων ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων (ἦσαν γὰρ

επαναγουσι B] επαναγαγουσι Zcorr επαναγων P επαναγοντας cett |

παντας P    το] τω B* (το Bcorr) T (ex το fact vid) | ορμαται bene Mend.] PTZ
ορα BTcorr οραται cett    διδουντος Z* | σοφως BT] σαφως cett    ειπας
GIZ | διατηροι G    θρασυνας KB    διαφυλασση I (-λαττει B)
10 καλον γαρ εργον K | εστιν—διατηρεις την (11) om HKA
12 κεχαρισμενος AZ* κεχαριτωμενως I    13 των B] τους cett |
εβδομηκοντα] ō KGIBT. Scholium hab τον ενδεκατον δε ερωτα
δια το δυο πλεοναζειν των εβδομηκοντα οπισθεν γαρ
ανα δεκα ηρωτα Bmg (rubicator)    16 ουθενι KPT] ουδενι ουθεν
IIAGI | δε] γαρ B*    17 αποτρεχουσιν GIH (-σι) Z*vid    20 προπινων
B] προσπινων cett    21 ετραπη ins Mend. | τ. ανδ. συν. μετ ευφ. Z    23 δε
BPT] om cett    24 προσπαραγενομενων ετ. πλειονων K | om ησαν—πρεσβεις (1, pag 567) BPTZ

ἰκανοὶ πρέσβεις), ἐπηρώτησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς καιροῦ γενομένου τὸν
πρωτεύοντα τῶν ἀπολιπόντων τῆς ἐρωτήσεως Πῶς ἂν ἀπαραλό-
γιστος   εἴη ;   ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Δοκιμάζων καὶ τὸν λέγοντα καὶ τὸ    276
λεγόμενον καὶ περὶ τίνος λέγει, καὶ ἐν πλείονι χρόνῳ τὰ αὐτὰ δἰ
5 ἑτέρων τρόπων ἐπερωτῶν.   τὸ δὲ νοῦν ἔχειν ὀξὺν καὶ δύνασθαι
κρίνειν ἕκαστα θεοῦ δώρημα καλόν ἐστιν·   ὡς σὺ τοῦτο κέκτησαι,
βα§σιλεῦ.      Κρότῳ δὲ ἐπισημηνάμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἕτερον    277 § C
ἐπηρώτα Διὰ τί τὴν ἀρετὴν οὐ παραδέχοντα τῶν ἀνθρώπων
οἱ πλείονες;   Ὅτι φυσικῶς ἅπαντες, εἶπεν, ἀκρατεῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς
10 ἡδονὰς τρεπόμενοι γεγόνασιν·   ὧν χάριν ἀδικία πέφυκε καὶ τὸ τῆς
πλεονεξίας χύμα.   τὸ δὲ τῆ ἀρετῆς κατάστημα κωλύει τοὺς ἐπιφε-    278
ρομένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἡδονοκρασίαν, ἐγκράτειαν δὲ κελεύει καὶ δικαιο-
σύνην προτιμᾷν.   ὁ δὲ θεὸς πάντων ἡγεῖται τούτων.      Εὖ δὲ    279
ἀποκεκρίσθαι τοῦτον εἰπὼν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἡρώτα Τίσι δεῖ κατακολου-
15 θεῖν τοὺς βασιλεῖς;   ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τοῖς νόμοις, ἵνα δικαιοπραγοῦντες
ἀνακτῶνται τοὺς βίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων·   καθὼς σὺ τοῦτο πράσσων
ἀένναον μνήμην καταβέβλησαι σεαυτοῦ, θείῳ προστάγματι κατα-
κολουθῶν·   Εἰπὼν δὲ καὶ τοῦτον καλῶς λέγειν τὸν ἐχόμενον    280
ἠρώτα Τίνας δεῖ καθιστάνειν στρατηγούς;   ὃ δὲ εἶπεν Ὅσοι
20 μισοπονηρίαν ἔχουσι, καὶ τὴν ἀγωγὴν αὐτοῦ μιμούμενοι, πρὸς τὸ
διὰ παντὸς εὐδοξίαν ἔχειν αὐτούς, τὰ δίκαια πάσσουσι·   καθὼς σὺ
τοῦτο ἐπιτελεῖ, εἶπε, μέγιστε βασιλεῦ, θεοῦ σοι στέφανον δικαιο-
σύνης δεδωκότος.      Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν μετὰ φωνῆς ἐπὶ τὸν    281
ἐχόμενον ἐπιβλέψας εἶπε Τίνας δεῖ καθιστάνειν ἐπὶ τῶν δυνάμεων
25 ἄρχοντας;   ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Τοὺς ἀνδρείᾳ διαφέροντας καὶ δικαιο-
σύνῃ, καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιουμένους τὸ σώζειν τοὺς ἄνδρας ἢ τὸ

επερωτησεν Z | γινομενου HAIPZ | τον] των Z*    απολειποντων P

ειη ex corr] η codd omn | δοκιμαζοντα Z | το] τον codd omn    χρονων BCPTZ
G    επερωτων τροπων A    ως] ο HKA | τουτο bis scr T    επερωτα
Z | om ου C | των ανθρωπων BPT] τινες των ανθρωπων cett    ειπεν]
ωσπερ BT ειπερ CZ*    11 διαστημα CPZ (κατα- sup ras T)    12 και
δικ. κελευει B    14 αποκρινασθαι BPT -εσθαι Z | ειπας GICZ | ηρωτα]
αλλον ηρ. H ηρ. ετερον BT ηρ. τον εξης P txt KAGIC τον μετ αυτον ηρ.
edd pr    18 ειπας GIC ειπε Z    21 αυτοις H    22 ειπε μεγιστε BT]
om P ειπεν ο (sic) C ειπε (-πεν Z) cett | δικαιοσυνην C    26 το 2º] τω
ABCT (fort ex το T)

νικᾷν, τῷ θράσει  παραβάλλοντας   τὸ ζῇν.   ὡς γὰρ ὁ θεὸς εὖ    ¶ P
ἐργάζεται πᾶσι, καὶ σὺ τοῦτον μιμούμμενος εὐεργετεῖς τοὺ ὐπὸ
σεαθτόν.      Ὁ δὲ ἀποκεκρίσθαι φήσας αὐτὸν εὖ, ἄλλον ἠρὼτα    282
Τίνα θαυμάζειν ἄξιόν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπον;   ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τὸν κεχορηγημένον
5 δόξῃ καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ δυνάμει, καὶ ψυχὴν ἴσον πᾶσιν ὄντα·   καθὼς
σὺ τοῦτο ποιῶν ἀξιοθαύμαστος εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ σοι διδόντος εἰς ταῦτα
    τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν.      Ἐπιφωνήσας δὲ καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον    283
εἶπεν Ἐν τίσι δεῖ πράγμασι τοὺς βασιλεῖς τὸν πλείω χρόνον διά-
γειν;   ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἐν ταῖς ἀναγνώσεσι καὶ ἐν ταῖς τῶν πορειῶν
10 ἀπογραφαῖς διατρίβειν, ὅσαι πρὸς τὰς βασιλείας ἀναγεγραμμέναι
τυγχάνουσι πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν καὶ διαμονὴν ἀνθρώπων.   ὃ σὺ
πράσσων ἀνέφικτον ἄλλοις δόξαν κέκτησαι θεοῦ σοι τὰ βουλή-
    ματα συντελοῦντος.      Ἐνεργῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον προσειπὼν    284
ἕτερον ἠρώτα Τίνας δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὰς διαγωγὰς ἐν ταῖς ἀνέσεσι
15 καὶ ῥᾳθυμίαις;   ὁ δὲ ἔφη Θεωρεῖν ὅσα   παίζεται   μετὰ περι-
στολῆς καὶ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τιθέναι τὰ τοῦ βίου μετ᾿ εὐσχημο-
σύνης καὶ καταστολῆς γινόμενα   βίῳ συμφέρον καὶ καθῆκον ·
ἔνεστι γὰρ καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἐπισκευή τις.   πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ ἐκ τῶν    285
ἐλαχίστων αἱρετόν τι δείκνυται.   σὺ δὲ πᾶσαν ἠσκηκὼς καταστολὴν
20 διὰ τῶν ἐνεργειῶν φιλοσοφεῖς διὰ καλοκἀγαθίαν ὑπὸ υειῦ τιμώ-
μενος.      Εὐαρεστήσας δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις πρὸς τὸν ἔνατον    286
εἶπε Πῶς δεῖ διὰ τῶν συμποσίων διεξάγειν;   ὁ δὲ ἔφησε Παραλαμ-
βάνοντα τοὺς φιλομαθεῖς καὶ δυναμένους ὑπομιμνήσκειν τὰ   χρήσιμα
τῇ βασιλείᾳ   καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀρχομένων βίοις—ἐμμελέστερον ἢ μου-
25 σικώτερον οὐκ ἂν εὕροις τι τούτων·   οὗτοι γὰρ θεοφιλεῖς εἰσι πρὸς τὰ    287
κάλλιστα πεπαιδευκότες τὰς διανοίας—καθὼς καὶ σὺ τοῦτο πράσσεις,
ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ θεοῦ σοι κατευθυνομένων ἁπάντων.      Διαχυθεὶς    288

τω] τα P | παραβαλλοντας conj Schmidt] περιβαλλοντας codd

πασι] παλιν B    ψυχηι πασιν ισον H    τουτο Z    δει] δε Z | BCPTZ
πλειονα A (πλειωι GI)    om εν 2º BT    12 πρασσων] πρασσων (-σως
K*) ως K | ανεφικτον Zmgουκ εφικτον K εφικτον cett    13 τελουντος H
συντελουμενος CZ | εναργως B | τουτω AB | προσειπας GICZ    14 ποιεν
K    15 om ο δε εφη K | οσα παιζεται (corr Schmidt)] οσα πλιζεται
HGICTZ* οσα οπλιζεται KAZmg οσ οπλ. B    16 τιθεμενος B    17 βιω—
καθηκον bene Wend.] βιοι (βιοις K) σωφρονων και κατεχων codd
21 ενατον HB*] εννατον cett    22 om δει C
23 χρησιμα τη βασιλεια Mend.] χρηματα της βασιλειας codd
24 τους των αρχ. βιους Β    27 σου Ztxt

δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ μετέπειτα Τί κάλλιστόν ἐστι
τοῖς ὄχλοις, ἐξ ἰδιώτου βασιλέα κατασταθῆναι   ἐπ᾿   αὐτῶν, ἢ ἐκ
βασιλέως βασιλέα;   ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ ἄριστον τῇ φύσει.   καὶ γὰρ    289
ἐκ βασιλέων βασιλεῖς γινόμενοι πρὸς τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους ἀνήμε-
5 ροί τε καὶ σκληροὶ καθίστανται·   πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον καί τινες τῶν
ἰδιωτῶν καὶ κακῶν πεπειραμένοι καὶ πενίας μετεσχηκότες ἄρξαντες
ὄχλων χαλεπώτεροι τῶν ἀνοσίων τυράννων ἐξέβησαν.   ἀλλὰ ὡς    290
προεῖπον, ἦθος χρηστὸν καὶ παιδείας κεκοινωνηκὸς δυνατὸν ἄρχειν
ἐστί·   καθὼς σὺ βασιλεὺς μέγας ὑπάρχεις, οὐ τοσοῦτον τῇ δόξῃ τῆς
10 ἀρχῆς καὶ πλούτῳ προσχών, ὅσον ἐπιεικείᾳ καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντας
ἀνθρώπους ὑπερῆρκας τοῦ θεοῦ σοι δεδωρημένου ταῦτα.      Ἐπὶ    291
πλείονα χρόνον καὶ τοῦτον ἐπαινέσας τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἠρώτα Τί
μέγιστόν ἐστι βασιλείας;   πρὸς τοῦτο εἶπε Τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἐν εἰρήνῃ
καθεστάναι τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους, καὶ κομίζεσθαι τὸ δίκαιον ταχέως
15 ἐν ταῖς διακρίσεσι.   ταῦτα δὲ γίνεται διὰ τὸν ἡγούμενον, ὅταν    292
μισοπόνηρος ᾖ καὶ φιλάγαθος καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενος ψυχὴν
ἀνθρώπου σώζειν·   καθὼς καὶ σὺ μέγιστον κακὸν ἥγησαι τὴν
ἀδικίαν, δικαὶως δὲ πάντα κυβερνῶν ἀένναον τὴν περὶ σεαυτὸν δόξαν
κατεσκευάσας, τοῦ θεοῦ σοι διδόντος ἔχειν ἁγνὴν καὶ ἀμιγῆ παντὸς
20 κακοῦ τὴν διάνοιαν.      Καταλήξαντος δὲ τούτου κατερράγη    293
κρότος μετὰ φωνῆς καὶ χαρᾶς ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον.   ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο,
ὁ βασιλεὺς λαβὼν ποτήριον ἐπεχέατο καὶ τῶν παρόντων ἁπάντων
καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων λόγων.   § ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ εἶπε Τὰ μέγιστά μοι    § Jos
γέγονεν ἀγαθὰ παραγενηθέντων ὑμῶν·   πολλὰ γὰρ ὠφέλημαι, κατα-    294
25 βεβλημένων ὑμῶν διδαχὴν ἐμοὶ πρὸ τὸ βασιλεύειν.      ἑκάστῳ
δὲ τρία τάλαντα προσέταξεν ἀργυρίου δοθῆναι καὶ τὸν ἀποκαταστή-

om δε K    επ Mend.] υπ codd    τον Schmidt | αρεστον HKAGI

εκ] pr οι K | βασιλεων] βασιλεως B | om βασιλεις HA | γενομενοι CTZ Jos
K    om δε Z | κων ιδιωτων τινες BT    ιδιωτικων Z    παιδειας
KB (πεδιας B*) TZ (ex -ειαν)] παιδεια (-δια C) cett    βασιλευ T*vid
11 υπερηρας KB* | επι πλειονα χρονον] cum praecedd conj Schmidt Wend.
(sic HKA). Cf autem §§ 220, 293    13 τουτο GICT*] τουτον HKABTcorr
14 νομιζεσθαι C    17 κακον B] om cett    18 σεαυτου CBvid
19 κατασκευασας HI | om εχειν Z | αμιγην C
22 λαβων cum cod M restitui] λαλων codd cett
23 τον ειρημενον λογον K | λογον Zmg | μεγιστα] παμμεγιστα
A    24 παραγεγενημενων B | ωφελημα GI | καταβεβληκοτων B

σοντα παῖδα.   συνεπιφωνησάντων δὲ πάντων, χαρᾶς ἐπληρώθη τὸ    ¶ Jos
συμπόσιον, ἀδιαλείπτως τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς εὐφροσύνην τραπέντος.

Ἐγὼ δὲ   εἰ πεπλεόνακα,   τούτοις, ὦ Φιλόκρατες, συγγνώμην

ἔχειν.   τεθαυμακὼς γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τὰς
5 ἀποκρίσεις ἐποιοῦντο πολλοῦ χρόνου δεομένας, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἐρωτῶντος    296
μεμεριμνηκότος ἕκαστα, τῶν δὲ ἀποκρινομένων καταλλήλως ἐχόντων
τὰ πρὸς τὰς ἐρωτήσεις, ἄξιοι θαυμασμοῦ κατεφαίνοντό μοι καὶ τοῖς
παροῦσι, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις.   οἴομαι δὲ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς
παραληψομένοις τὴν ἀναγραφὴν ἄπιστον φανεῖται.   ψεύσασθαι μὲν    297
10 οὖν οὐ καθῆκόν ἐστι περὶ τῶν ἀναγραφομένων·   εἰ δὲ καὶ τι παρα-
βαίην, οὐχ ὅσιον ἐν τούτοις·   ἀλλ᾿, ὡς γέγονεν, οὕτως διασαφοῦμεν
ἀφοσιούμενοι πᾶν ἁμάρτημα.   διόπερ ἐπειράθην ἀποδεξάμενος αὐτῶν
τὴν τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν παρὰ τῶν ἀναγραφομένων ἕκαστα τῶν
γινομένων ἔν τε τοῖς χρηματισμοῖς τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ταῖς συμ-
15 ποσίαις μεταλαβεῖν.   ἔθος γὰρ ἐστι, καθὼς καὶ σὺ γινώσκεις, ἀφ᾿    298
ἧς ἂν [ἡμέρας] ὁ βασιλεὺς ἄρξηται χρηματίζειν, μέχρις οὗ κατα-
κοιμηθῇ, πάντα ἀναγάφεσθαι τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ πρασσόμενα, καλῶς
γινομένου καὶ συμφερόντως.   τῇ γὰρ ἐπιούσῃ τὰ τῆ πρότερον    299
πεπραγμένα καὶ λελαλημένα πρὸ τοῦ χρηματισμοῦ παραναγινώ-
20 σκεται, καί, εἴ τι μὴ δεόντως γέγονε, διορθώσεως τυγχάνει τὸ
πεπραγμένον.   πάντ᾿ οὖν ἀκριβῶς   παρὰ τῶν   ἀναγεγραμμένων, ὡς    300
ἐλέχθη, μεταλαβόντες κατακεχωρίκαμεν, εἰδότες ἣν ἔχεις φιλομά-
θειαν εἰς τὰ χρήσιμα.

§ Μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ὁ Δημήτριος παραλαβὼν αὐτούς, καὶ

301 § Jos
25 διελθὼν τὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ σταδίων ἀνάχωμα τῆς θαλάσσης πρὸς τὴν
νῆσον, καὶ διαβὰς τὴν γέφυραν, καὶ προσελθὼν ὡς ἐπὶ τὰ βόρεια

ει πεπλεονακα (cf Diod I. 90. 4) bene Mend.] ειπα πλειονα και codd

καταλληλως BT] αλληλως cett    τα] τας C    δε 2º] + ως B CTZ Jos
απιστα K    12 αφοσιωμενοι HGICZ (αφωσιωμενοι A)    15 om και I
16 om αν B | ημερας codd] omittendum vid ημερας ωρας Wend. ωρας Mend. |
αρξεται B    18 γενομενου I | τη 2º] om H    19 λαλημενα Z | παραναγιν.
BT] παραγινωσκεται cett    20 δεοντος CZ | γεγονε BT | γεγονος (-νως GI)
cett | om το πεπραγμενον BT    21 παντ] παντες C | παρα των Wend.]
παντων codd | παντ—μεταλαβοντες (22)] παντων ουν ακριβως των
αναγεγραμμενων μεταλαβοντες παντες BT    22 ελεγχθη Z |
κεχωρηκαμεν CZ κατακεχωρηκαμεν codd cett
26 διαβας προς την γεφυραν Jos | προελθων Jos | om ως Z

μέρη, συνέδριον ποιησάμενος εἰς κατεσκευασμένον οἶκον παρὰ τὴν
ἠϊόνα,διαπρεπῶς ἔχοντα καὶ πολλῆς ἡσυχίας ἔφεδρον, παρεκάλει
τοὺς ἄνδρας τὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἐπιτελεῖν, παρόντων ὅσα πρὸς τὴν
χρείαν ἔδει καλῶς.   οἱ δὲ ἐπετέλουν ἕκαστα σύμφωνα ποιοῦντες    302
5 πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ταῖς ἀντιβολαῖς·   τὸ δὲ ἐκ τῆς συμφωνίας γινόμενον
πρεπόντως ἀναγραφῆς οὕτως ἐτύγχανε παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου.   καὶ    303
μέχρι μὲν ὥρας ἐνάτης τὰ τῆς συνεδρείας ἐγίνετο·   μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα
περὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος θεραπείαν ἀπελύοντο γίνεσθαι, χορηγουμένων
αὐτοῖς δαψιλῶς ὧν προῃροῦντο πάντων.   ἐκτὸς δὲ καὶ καθ᾿ ἡμέραν,    304
10 ὅσα βασιλεῖ παρεσκευάζετο, καὶ τούτοις ὁ Δωρόθεος ἐπετέλει·  
προστεταγμένον γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βασιλέως.   ἅμα δὲ τῇ πρωΐᾳ
παρεγίνοντο εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν καθ᾿ ἡμέραν, καὶ ποιησάμενοι τὸν
ἀσπασμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀπελύοντο πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτῶν τόπον.   ὡς δὲ    305
ἔθος ἐστὶ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις,   ἀπονιψάμενοι   τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰς
15 χεῖρας, ὡς ἂν εὔξωνται πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἐτρέποντο πρὸς τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν
καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου διασάφησιν.      Ἐπηρώτησα δὲ καὶ τοῦτο    306 ¶ Jos
Τίνος χάριν ἀπονιζόμενοι τὰς χεῖρας τὸ τηνικαῦτα εὔχονται;   διεσά-
φουν δέ, ὅτι μαρτύριόν ἐστι τοῦ μηδὲν εἰργάσθαι κακόν·   πᾶσα γὰρ
ἐνέργεια διὰ τῶν χειρῶν γίνεται·   καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως μεταφέροντες ἐπὶ
20 τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πάντα.   καθὼς δὲ προειρήκαμεν,    307
οὕτως καθ᾿ ἑκάστην εἰς τὸν τόπον, ἔχοντα τερπνότητα διὰ τὴν
ἡσυχίαν καὶ καταύγειαν, συναγόμενοι τὸ προκείμενον ἐπετέλουν.
συνέτυχε δὲ οὕτως, ὥστε ἐν ἡμέραις ἐβδομήκοντα δυσὶ τελειωθῆναι
τὰ τῆς μεταγραφῆς, οἱονεὶ κατὰ πρόθεσίν τινα τοῦ τοιούτου γεγενη-
25 μένου.      § Τελείωσιν δὲ ὅτε ἔλαβε, συναγαγὼν ὁ Δημήτριος    308 § Jos

κατασκευασμενον CZ    ηιον (ηιων Z) αδιαπρεπως H*GICZ ηιον

διαπρεπως A    τα της] τας BTZ    ταις αντιβολαις part sup ras B | CTZ Jos
γενομενον BCTZ    ενατης HC] θ K εννατης cett | συνεδριας BCTZ
αυτοις KBT Jos] αυτων cett    10 Δοροθεος C    13 προς] εις BT (sed B
primum aliud scripsit quod postea erasit) | τον εαυτων KBT] εαυτων codd
cett τον αυτον Jos    14 απονιψαμενους AICvidαπονιψαμενη B* -μενοις
cett    15 ευξωνται K] ηυξαντο (ευξ- GI) cett    16 επηρωτησα CT]
επηρωτα B επερωτησα cett | τουτον G    18 μηθεν K    20 ειρηκαμεν I
21 τερπνοτητα BTZ (-νωτ.)] τερπω τινα HKA*GIC (τερπωλην τινα M
τερποτητα Acorr vid)    23 εβδομηκοντα συν δυσιν K εβδ. και δυσιν Jos
εβδομηκοντα δυο T οβ BZ    24 γραφης I    25 οτε δε ελαβε τελειωσιν B

τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὸν τόπον, οὗ καὶ τὰ τῆ ἑρμηνείας
ἐτελέσθη, παρανέγνω πᾶσι, παρόντων καὶ τῶν διερμηνευσάντων, οἵ-
τινες μεγάλης ἀποδοχῆς καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους ἔτυχον, ὡς ἂν
μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν παραίτιοι γεγονότες.   ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὸν    309
5 Δημήτριον ἀποδεξάμενοι παρεκάλεσαν μεταδοῦναι τοῖς ἡγουμένοις
αὐτῶν, μεταγράψαντα τὸν πάντα νόμον.   § καθὼς δὲ ἀνεγνώσθη τὰ    310 § Eus
τεύχη, στάντες οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ τῶν ἑρμηνέων οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ
τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πολιτεύματος οἵ τε ἡγούμενοι τοῦ πλήθους εἶπον
Ἐπεὶ καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως διηρμήνευται καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἠκριβωμένως,
10 καλῶς ἔχον ἐστίν, ἵνα διαμείνῃ ταῦθ᾿ οὕτως ἔχοντα, καὶ μὴ γένηται
μηδεμία διασκευή.      πάντων δ᾿ ἐπιφωνησάντων τοῖς εἰρημέ-    311
νοις, ἐκέλευσαν διαράσασθαι, καθὼς ἔθος αὐτοῖς ἐστιν, εἴ τις
διακευάσει προστιθεὶς ἢ μεταφέρων τι τὸ σύνολον τῶν γεγραμ-
μένων ἢ ποιούμενος ἀφαίρεσιν, καλῶς τοῦτο πράσσοντες, ἵνα διὰ
15 παντὸς ἀένναα καὶ μένοντα φυλάσσηται.

Προσφωνηθέντων δὲ καὶ τούτων τῷ βασιλεῖ μεγάλως ἐχάρη·  

τὴν γὰρ πρόθεσιν, ἣν εἶχεν, ἀσφαλῶς ἔδοξε τετελειῶσθαι. παραν-
εγνώσθη δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ πάντα, καὶ λίαν ἐξεθαύμασε τὴν τοῦ
νομοθέτου διάνοιαν.   καὶ πρὸς τὸν Δημήτριον εἶπε Πῶς τηλικούτων
20 συντετελεσμένων οὐδεὶς, ἐπεβάλετο τῶν ἱστορικῶν ἢ ποιητῶν ἐπι-
μνησθῆναι;   ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Διὰ τὸ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν νομοθεσίαν    313
καὶ διὰ θεοῦ γεγονέναι·   καὶ τῶν ἐπιβαλλομένων τινὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ
πληγέντες τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἀπέστησαν.   καὶ γὰρ ἔφησεν ἀκηκοέναι    314
Θεοπόμπου, διότι μέλλων τινὰ τῶν προηρμηνευμένων ἐπισφα-

και τα] κατα Z*    om δε Eusº | τα] pr ταυτα Eusº    om καλως

Eusi | και 2º] om I | ακριβως Eus    10 διαμενη Eusi (διαμενει Eusº vid) txt CTZ Jos
ex Jos confirmatur (διαμειναι) | om μη Eusi | γινηται Eusi    12 εκελευσαν Eus
Jos Euseddεκελευσε (-σεν Eus) Ar codd Eusio | επαρασθαι Eus | καθω I
καθο A | εστιν αυτοις Eusº    13 μεταφερον GI | om τι Eusº    14 πρασσοντος
HKA txt codd cett Jos (πραττ.) Eus    15 και μενοντα] μενοντα
Eusº μενοντες Eusi vid    17 παρανεγνωσθη KBCT Eus] παρεγνωσθη HAGI
19 τηλικουτων] + πραγματων fort recte Eus    20 επεβαλετο HKBCT Eus]
επελαβετο AGI | η] ουδε Eus | ποιητων B Eus Jos] ποιητικως HK ποιητικων
cett    22 επιβαλομενων Eusi | om του Eusº    23 επιβουλης H*vid KAGI |
εφησαν Eusº    24 Θεοπεμπτου Ar codd txt Jos Eus | προεπμηνευμενων

λέστερον ἐκ τοῦ νόμου προσιστορεῖν ταραχὴν λάβοι τῆς διανοίας
πλεῖον ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα·   κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἄνεσιν ἐξιλάσκεσθαι τὸν
θεόν, σαφὲς αὐτῷ γενέσθαι, τίνος χάριν τὸ σθμβαῖνόν ἐστι.   δἰ    315
ὀνείρου δὲ σημανθέντος, ὅτι τὰ θεῖα βούλεται περιεργασάμενος εἰς
5 κοινοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκφέρειν, ἀποσχόμενον δὲ οὕτως ἀποκαταστῆναι.  
καὶ παρὰ Θεοδέκτου δὲ τοῦ τῶν τραγῳδιῶν ποιητοῦ μετέλαβον ἐγώ,    316
διότι παραφέρειν μέλλοντός τι τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ
πρός τι δρᾶμα τὰς ὄψεις ἀπεγλαυκώθη·   καὶ λαβὼν ὑπόνοιαν, ὅτι
διὰ τοῦτ᾿ αὐτῷ τὸ σύμπτωμα γέγονεν, ἐξιλασάμενος τὸν θεὸν ἐν
10 πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ἀποκατέστη.      Μεταλαβὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεύς,    317
καθὼς προεῖπον, περὶ τούτων τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου, προσκυνήσας
ἐκέλευσε μεγάλην ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι τῶν βιβλίων καὶ συντηρεῖν
ἁγνῶς.   παρακαλέσας δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἑρμηνεῖς, ἵνα παραγίνωνται    318 ¶ Eus
πθκνότερον πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐὰν ἀποκατασταθῶσιν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν,—
15 δίκαιον γὰρ εἶπε τὴν ἐκπομπὴν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι·   παραγενηθέντας δέ,
ὡς θέμις, ἕξειν αὐτοὺς φίλους, καὶ πολυωρίας   τῆς μεγίστης τεύξε-
σθαι παῤ αὐτοῦ.   τὰ δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἐκπομπὴν αὐτῶν ἐκέλευσεν ἑτοι-    319
μάζειν, μεγαλομερῶς τοῖς ἀνδράσι χρησάμενος.   ἑκάστῳ γὰρ στολὰς
ἔδωκε τῶν κρατίστων τρεῖς καὶ χρυσίου τάλαντα δύο καὶ κυλίκιον
20 ταλάντου καὶ τρικλίνου πᾶσαν κατάστρωσιν.   ἔπεμψε δὲ καὶ τῷ    320
Ἐλεαζάρῳ μετὰ τῆς ἐκπομπῆς αὐτῶν ἀργυρόποδας κλίνας δέκα καὶ
τὰ ἀκόλουθα πάντα καὶ κθλίκιον ταλάντων τριάκοντα καὶ στολὰς
δέκα καὶ πορφύραν καὶ στέφανον διαπρεπῆ καὶ βυσσίνων ὀθονίων

προιστορειν HKAGI txt BCT Eus | λαβοι Eus] λαβειν Ar codd

τριακοντα] λ KA | ανεσιν Ar codd Jos] αιτησιν Eus    om το Eusº CTZ Jos
σημανθεντος] μαθοντος Eus    δε ουτως] ωσαυτως BT δε αυτως CZ Eus
οψις C | απεγλαυκωθη Eus Acorrαπεγλυκωθη HKA*GI επεγλυκωθη
B*CTZ* (-γλαυκ. Bcorr Zmg γλαυκωθειη Jos)    ταυτ Eusi | αυτω BAcorr
Eus] αυτο cett | om το συμπτωμα Eus    11 προειπε Eusio | περι—Δημητριου
em Cobet] περι τουτων τα περι του Δ. Eus περι των (om των C) του Δ. Ar
codd (ταυτα παρα του Δ. Jos)    12 συντηρεισθαι Eusº    13 αγνων CTZ*
αγνα B | τοις I | παραγινονται GIC    14 αποκαταστωσιν K | Ιουδαιαν]
ιδιαν A    15 om γαρ B (hab Jos)    16 ως θεμις] ωσαυθις Acorr | εξειν
Acorr (cod Mon ap Wend.)] εξεις H εξει cett | πολυωριας (cf 270) Mahaffy]
πολυδωριας codd et Jos | τευξασθαι BCTZ txt cett Jos    18 μεγαλοπρεπως
K | χαρισαμενος Wend.    19 κυλικιον ABT Jos] κυλιδιον cett κυλικειον hic
et 22 Wend.    22 τριακοντα] λ KA    23 στεφον T

ἱστοὺς ἑκατὸν καὶ φιάλας καὶ τρυβλία καὶ κρατῆρας χρυσοῦς δύο
πρὸς ἀνάθεσιν.   ἔγραψε δὲ καὶ παρακαλῶν, ἵνα, ἐάν τινες τῶν    321
ἀνδρῶν προαιρῶνται πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνακομισθῆναι, μὴ κωλύσῃ, περὶ
πολλοῦ ποιούμενος τοῖς πεπαιδευμένοις συνεῖναι, καὶ εἰς τοιούτους
5 τὸν πλοῦτον κατατίθεσθαι δαψιλῶς, καὶ οὐκ εἰς μάταια.    ¶ Jos

Σὺ δέ, καθὼς ἐπηγγειλάμην, ἀπέχεις τὴν διήγησιν, ὦ Φιλόκρατες.

τέρπειν γὰρ οἴομαί σε ταῦτα ἢ τὰ τῶν μυθολόγων βιβλία.   νένευκας
γὰρ πρὸς περιεργίαν τῶν δυναμένων ὠφελεῖν διάνοιαν, καὶ ἐν τούτοις
τὸν πλείονα χρόνον διατελεῖς.   πειράσμαι δὲ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν
10 ἀξιολόγων ἀναγράφειν, ἵνα διαπορευόμενος αὐτὰ κομίζῃ τοῦ βουλή-
ματος τὸ κάλλιστον ἔπαθλον.
%d bloggers like this: